07di E3b PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 195

WORKSHOP MANUAL

DIESEL ENGINE

07-E3B SERIES

KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


TO THE READER

This Workshop Manual has been prepared to provide servicing personnel with
information on the mechanism, service and maintenance of 07-E3B series. It is divided
into three parts, “General”, “Mechanism” and “Servicing”.

Q General
Information on the engine identification, the general precautions, maintenance check
list, check and maintenance and special tools are described.

Q Mechanism
Information on the construction and function are included. This part should be
understood before proceeding with troubleshooting, disassembling and servicing.
Refer to Diesel Engine Mechanism Workshop Manual (Code No. 9Y021-01876) for
the one which has not been described to this workshop manual.

Q Servicing
Information on the troubleshooting, servicing specification lists, tightening torque,
checking and adjusting, disassembling and assembling, and servicing which cover
procedures, precautions, factory specifications and allowable limits.

All information illustrations and specifications contained in this manual are based on
the latest product information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes in all information at any time without notice.
Due to covering many models of this manual, information or picture being used, have
not been specified as one model.

November 2007
© KUBOTA Corporation 2007

KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SAFETY FIRST
This symbol, the industry’s “Safety Alert Symbol”, is used throughout this manual and on labels on
the machine itself to warn of the possibility of personal injury. Read these instructions carefully.
It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to repair or use
this unit.

DANGER : Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

WARNING : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.

CAUTION : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury.

Q IMPORTANT : Indicates that equipment or property damage could result if instructions are not
followed.

Q NOTE : Gives helpful information.

BEFORE SERVICING AND REPAIRING


• Read all instructions and safety instructions in this
manual and on your engine safety decals.
• Clean the work area and engine.
• Park the machine on a firm and level ground.
• Allow the engine to cool before proceeding.
• Stop the engine, and remove the key.
• Disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Hang a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in operator
station.

1 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SAFETY STARTING
• Do not start the engine by shorting across starter
terminals or bypassing the safety start switch.
• Unauthorized modifications to the engine may impair
the function and / or safety and affect engine life.

SAFETY WORKING
• Do not work on the machine while under the influence
of alcohol, medication, or other substances or while
fatigued.
• Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
• Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools,
parts, and procedures are not recommended.
• When servicing is performed together by two or more
persons, take care to perform all work safely.
• Do not touch the rotating or hot parts while the engine
is running.
• Never remove the radiator cap while the engine is
running, or immediately after stopping. Otherwise, hot
water will spout out from radiator. Only remove
radiator cap when cool enough to touch with bare
hands. Slowly loosen the cap to first stop to relieve
pressure before removing completely.
• Escaping fluid (fuel or hydraulic oil) under pressure
can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve
pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or fuel lines.
Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
• Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable
or uncomfortable loud noises.
• Do not open high-pressure fuel system.
High-pressure fluid remaining in fuel lines can cause
serious injury. Do not disconnect or attempt to repair
fuel lines, sensors, or any other components between
the high-pressure fuel pump and injectors on engines
with high pressure common rail fuel system.
• High voltage exceeding 100 V is generated in the
ECU, and is applied to the injector.
Pay sufficient caution to electric shock when
performing work activities.

2 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

AVOID FIRES
• Fuel is extremely flammable and explosive under
certain conditions. Do not smoke or allow flames or
sparks in your working area.
• To avoid sparks from an accidental short circuit,
always disconnect the battery negative cable first and
connect it last.
• Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and open
flame away from the top of battery, especially when
charging the battery.
• Make sure that no fuel has been spilled on the engine.

VENTILATE WORK AREA


• If the engine must be running to do some work, make
sure the area is well ventilated. Never run the engine
in a closed area. The exhaust gas contains poisonous
carbon monoxide.

PREVENT ACID BURNS


• Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is
strong enough to burn skin, clothing and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes. Keep electrolyte
away from eyes, hands and clothing. If you spill
electrolyte on yourself, flush with water, and get
medical attention immediately.

DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY


• Do not pour fluids into the ground, down a drain, or
into a stream, pond, or lake. Observe relevant
environmental protection regulations when disposing
of oil, fuel, coolant, electrolyte and other harmful
waste.

3 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES


• Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy at all
times.
• Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital and fire department near your
telephone.

4 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
Model V2607-DI-T-E3B V3007-DI-T-E3B V3307-DI-T-E3B
Number of Cylinder 4
Type Vertical, water-cooled, 4-cycle DI diesel engine
Bore × Stroke 87.0 × 110 mm (3.43 × 4.33 in.) 94.0 × 110 mm (3.70 × 4.33 in.) 94.0 × 120 mm (3.70 × 4.72 in.)
3 cm3 3331 cm3 (203.3 cu.in.)
Total Displacement 2615 cm (159.6 cu.in.) 3053 (186.3 cu.in.)
41.3 kW / 2700 min-1 (rpm) 39.8 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm) 45.6 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm)
ISO Net Continuous
(55.4 HP / 2700 min-1 (rpm)) (53.4 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm)) (61.2 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm))
47.5 kW / 2700 min-1 (rpm) 46.9 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm) 53.7 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm)
ISO / SAE Net Intermittent
(63.7 HP / 2700 min-1 (rpm)) (62.9 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm)) (72.0 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm))
49.2 kW / 2700 min-1 (rpm) 48.5 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm) 55.4 kW / 2600 min-1 (rpm)
SAE Gross Intermittent
(66.0 HP / 2700 min-1 (rpm)) (65.0 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm)) (74.3 HP / 2600 min-1 (rpm))
Maximum Bare Speed 2920 min-1 (rpm) 2820 min-1 (rpm)
Minimum Bare Idling Speed 825 to 875 min-1 (rpm) 775 to 825 min-1 (rpm)
Combustion Chamber Reentrant Type, Center Direct Injection Type (E-CDIS)
Fuel Injection Pump Bosch PFR4KZ Type Mini Pump
Governor All speed mechanical governor
Direction of Rotation Counter-clockwise (Viewed from flywheel side)
Injection Nozzle Bosch P Type
Injection Timing 0.0044 rad (0.25 °) after T.D.C. 0.010 rad (0.60 °) after T.D.C. 0.023 rad (1.3 °) after T.D.C.
Firing Order 1-3-4-2
1st stage 18.63 MPa
(190.0 kgf/cm2, 2702 psi), 1st stage 18.63 MPa (190.0 kgf/cm2, 2702 psi),
Injection Pressure
2nd stage 21.57 MPa 2nd stage 22.56 MPa (230.0 kgf/cm2, 3271 psi),
(220.0 kgf/cm2, 3129 psi),
Compression Ratio 19.0 20.0
Lubricating System Forced lubrication by trochoid pump
Oil Pressure Indicating Electrical Type Switch
Lubricating Filter Full Flow Paper Filter (Cartridge Type)
Cooling System Pressurized radiator, forced circulation with water pump
Starting System Electric Starting with Starter
Starting Motor 12 V, 2.5 kW 12 V, 3.0 kW
Starting Support Device By Glow Plug in Combustion Chamber
EGR External EGR (EGR Cooler + Mechanical water-cooled EGR Valve + Reed Valve)
Battery 12 V, 92 AH equivalent 12 V, 120 AH equivalent
Charging Alternator 12 V, 540 W
Recommended fuels vary depending on the contents of the emission control regulations, the ambient
Fuel
temperature, and the fuel specifications. Therefore, please refer to the detailed description on page G-6.
Class CF lubricating oil as per API classification is recommended.
Lubricating Oil
For details on recommended lubricating oils, see page G-6 and page G-9.
Lubricating Oil Capacity 10.2 L (2.69 U.S.gals) 11.2 L (2.96 U.S.gals)
Weight (Dry) 235 kg (518 lbs) 263 kg (580 lbs) 275 kg (606 lbs)
* The specification described above is of the standard engine of each model.
* Conversion Formula : HP = 0.746 kW, PS = 0.7355 kW
W1028103

5 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM PERFORMANCE CURVES

PERFORMANCE CURVES
Q V2607-DI-T-E3B

(1) Brake Horsepower (3) B.S.F.C. (5) Gross Intermittent Torque (7) Gross Intermittent B.S.F.C.
(2) Engine Speed (4) Torque (6) Gross Intermittent B.H.P.

6 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM PERFORMANCE CURVES

Q V3007-DI-T-E3B

(1) Brake Horsepower (3) B.S.F.C. (5) Gross Intermittent Torque (7) Gross Intermittent B.S.F.C.
(2) Engine Speed (4) Torque (6) Gross Intermittent B.H.P.

7 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM PERFORMANCE CURVES

Q V3307-DI-T-E3B

(1) Brake Horsepower (3) B.S.F.C. (5) Gross Intermittent Torque (7) Gross Intermittent B.S.F.C.
(2) Engine Speed (4) Torque (6) Gross Intermittent B.H.P.

8 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS
Q V2607-DI-T-E3B

9 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM DIMENSIONS

Q V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B

10 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


GENERAL

CONTENTS

1. ENGINE IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................. G-1


[1] MODEL NAME AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER ................................ G-1
[2] E3B ENGINE............................................................................................. G-3
[3] CYLINDER NUMBER ............................................................................... G-3
2. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................ G-4
3. MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST ....................................................................... G-5
4. CHECK AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................... G-7
[1] DAILY CHECK POINTS........................................................................... G-7
[2] CHECK POINTS OF INITIAL 50 HOURS ............................................. G-9
[3] CHECK POINT OF EVERY 50 HOURS ............................................. G-11
[4] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 250 HOURS ......................................... G-12
[5] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 500 HOURS ......................................... G-14
[6] CHECK POINT OF EVERY 1000 HOURS ......................................... G-17
[7] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1 OR 2 MONTHS ............................... G-18
[8] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1500 HOURS ....................................... G-20
[9] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 3000 HOURS ....................................... G-21
[10]CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1 YEAR ................................................ G-24
[11]CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 2 YEARS.............................................. G-25
5. SPECIAL TOOLS .......................................................................................... G-28

KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

1. ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
[1] MODEL NAME AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
When contacting the manufacture, always specify your engine
model name and serial number.
The engine model and its serial number need to be identified
before the engine can be serviced or parts replaced.
Q Engine Serial Number
The engine serial number is an identified number for the engine.
It is marked after the engine model number.
It indicates month and year of manufacture as follows.
• Year of manufacture
Alphabet or Alphabet or
Year Year
Number Number
1 2001 F 2015
2 2002 G 2016
3 2003 H 2017
4 2004 J 2018
5 2005 K 2019
6 2006 L 2020
7 2007 M 2021
8 2008 N 2022
9 2009 P 2023
A 2010 R 2024
B 2011 S 2025
C 2012 T 2026
D 2013 V 2027
E 2014

(1) Engine Model Name and Serial A : V2607-DI-T-E3B


Number B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1010477

G-1 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

• Month of manufacture
Month Engine Lot Number
January A0001 ~ A9999 B0001 ~ BZ999
February C0001 ~ C9999 D0001 ~ DZ999
March E0001 ~ E9999 F0001 ~ FZ999
April G0001 ~ G9999 H0001 ~ HZ999
May J0001 ~ J9999 K0001 ~ KZ999
June L0001 ~ L9999 M0001 ~ MZ999
July N0001 ~ N9999 P0001 ~ PZ999
August Q0001 ~ Q9999 R0001 ~ RZ999
September S0001 ~ S9999 T0001 ~ TZ999
October U0001 ~ U9999 V0001 ~ VZ999
November W0001 ~ W9999 X0001 ~ XZ999
December Y0001 ~ Y9999 Z0001 ~ ZZ999
* Alphabetical letters “I” and “O” are not used.
e.g. V3307-T - 7 V A001
(a) (b)(c) (d)
(a) Engine Model Name : V3307-DI-T
(b) Year : 7 indicates 2007
(c) Month : U or V indicates October
(d) Lot number : (0001 ~ 9999 or A001 ~ Z999)

W1024938

G-2 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[2] E3B ENGINE


[Example : Engine Model Name V3307-DI-T-E3B-XXXX]
The emission controls previously implemented in various countries to prevent air pollution will be stepped up as
Non-Road Emission Standards continue to change. The timing or applicable date of the specific Non-Road Emission
regulations depends on the engine output classification.
Over the past several years, Kubota has been supplying diesel engines that comply with regulations in the
respective countries affected by Non-Road Emission regulations. For Kubota Engines, E3B will be the designation
that identifies engine models affected by the next emission phase (See the table below).
When servicing or repairing ###-E3B series engines, use only replacement parts for that specific E3B engine,
designated by the appropriate E3B Kubota Parts List and perform all maintenance services listed in the appropriate
Kubota Operator's Manual or in the appropriate E3B Kubota Workshop Manual. Use of incorrect replacement parts
or replacement parts from other emission level engines (for example: E2B engines), may result in emission levels out
of compliance with the original E3B design and EPA or other applicable regulations. Please refer to the emission label
located on the engine head cover to identify Output classification and Emission Control Information. E3B engines are
identified with "ET" at the end of the Model designation, on the US EPA label. Please note : E3B is not marked on the
engine.

Category (1) Engine output classification EU regulation


K From 19 to less than 37 kW STAGE ΙΙΙA
J From 37 to less than 75 kW STAGE ΙΙΙA
I From 75 to less than 130 kW STAGE ΙΙΙA

Category (2) Engine output classification EPA regulation


Less than 19kW Tier 4
From 19 to less than 56 kW Interim Tier 4
ET
From 56 to less than 75 kW Tier 3
From 75 to less than 130 kW Tier 3

(1) EU regulation engine output classification category


(2) “E3B” engines are identified with “ET” at the end of the Model designation, on
the US EPA label.
“E3B” designates Tier 3 and some Interim Tier 4 / Tier 4 models, depending on
engine output classification.

W1031971

[3] CYLINDER NUMBER


The cylinder numbers of kubota diesel engine are designated as
shown in the figure.
The sequence of cylinder numbers is given as No. 1, No. 2,
No. 3 and No. 4 starting from the front cover side.
W1011077

G-3 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

2. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
• During disassembly, carefully arrange removed parts in a clean
area to prevent confusion later. Screws, bolts and nuts should be
replaced in their original position to prevent reassembly errors.
• When special tools are required, use KUBOTA genuine special
tools. Special tools which are not frequently used should be
made according to the drawings provided.
• Before disassembling or servicing live wires, make sure to
always disconnect the grounding cable from the battery first.
• Remove oil and dirt from parts before measuring.
• Use only KUBOTA genuine parts for parts replacement to
maintain engine performance and to ensure safety.
• Gaskets and O-rings must be replaced during reassembly.
Apply grease to new O-rings or oil seals before assembling.
• When reassembling external or internal snap rings, position them
so that the sharp edge faces against the direction from which
force is applied.
• Be sure to perform run-in the serviced or reassembled engine.
Do not attempt to give heavy load at once, or serious damage
may result to the engine.
(1) Grease (A) External Snap Ring
(2) Force (B) Internal Snap Ring
(3) Place the Sharp Edge against the
Direction of Force

W1011734

G-4 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

3. MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST


To maintain long-lasting and safe engine performance, make it a rule to carry out regular inspections by following
the table below.
Service Interval
Item Every Every Every Every 1 Every Every Every
Initial Every Every
250 500 1000 or 2 1500 3000 1 year 2
50 hrs 50 hrs hrs years
hrs hrs hrs months hrs
Changing engine oil , , ,
Replacing oil filter cartridge , ,
*Checking fuel hoses and clamp bands ,
*Cleaning air cleaner element ,
(Replace the element after 6 times cleanings)
Cleaning fuel filter (Element type) ,
Checking battery electrolyte level ,
Checking radiator hoses and clamp bands ,
*Checking intake air line ,
Checking fan belt tension and damage , ,
*Replacing fuel filter cartridge ,
Replacing fan belt ,
Cleaning radiator interior ,
Checking valve clearance ,
Recharging battery ,
*Checking injection nozzle condition ,
(spraying, pressure and valve seat tightness)
*Checking turbocharger ,
*Checking fuel injection pump ,
*Checking injection timing (spill timing) ,
*Replacing air cleaner element ,
Changing radiator coolant (L.L.C.) ,
Replacing radiator hoses and clamp bands ,
*Replacing fuel hoses and clamp bands ,
*Replacing intake air line ,
Replacing battery ,
• When the battery is used for less than 100 hours in a year, check its electrolyte yearly. (for refillable battery’s only)
• The items listed above (* marked) are registered as emission related critical parts by KUBOTA in the U.S.EPA
nonroad emission regulation.
As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance on the engine
according to the above instruction.
W1029462

CAUTION
• When changing or inspecting, be sure to level and stop the engine.
Q NOTE
Changing interval of engine oil :
Models Interval
V2607-DI-T-E3B
V3007-DI-T-E3B 500 Hrs or 1 year whichever comes first
V3307-DI-T-E3B
Initial 50 Hrs
API service classification : above CF grade
Ambient temperature : below 35 °C (95 °F)

G-5 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Q NOTE
Engine Oil :
• Refer to the following table for the suitable American Petroleum Institute (API) classification of engine oil
according to the engine type (with internal EGR, external EGR or non-EGR) and the Fuel Type Used :
(Low Sulfur, Ultra Low Sulfur or High Sulfur Fuels).
Engine oil classification (API classification)
Fuel Type Engines with non-EGR
Engines with external EGR
Engines with internal EGR
CF
High Sulfur Fuel
(If the "CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, or CI-4" engine
[0.05 % (500 ppm) ≤
oil is used with a high-sulfur fuel, change –
Sulfur Content <
the engine oil at shorter intervals.
0.50 % (5000 ppm)]
(approximately half))
Low Sulfur Fuel
[Sulfur Content <
CF or CI-4
0.05 % (500 ppm)] or
CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4 (Class CF-4, CG-4 and CH-4 engine oils
Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel
cannot be used on EGR type engines.)
[Sulfur Content <
0.0015 % (15 ppm)]
EGR : Exhaust Gas Re-circulation
W1024941

• CJ-4 classification oil is intended for use in engines equipped with DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) and is
Not Recommended for use in Kubota E3 specification engines.
• Oil used in the engine should have API classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil Viscosity according to
the ambient temperatures where the engine is operated.
• With strict emission control regulations now in effect, the CF-4 and CG-4 engine oils have been developed
for use with low sulfur fuels, for On-Highway vehicle engines. When a Non-Road engine runs on high
sulfur fuel, it is advisable to use a "CF or better" classification engine oil with a high Total Base Number
(a minimum TBN of 10 is recommended).
Fuel :
• Cetane Rating : The minimum recommended Fuel Cetane Rating is 45. A cetane rating greater than 50 is
preferred, especially for ambient temperatures below −20 °C (−4 °F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft).
• Diesel Fuel Specification Type and Sulfur Content % (ppm) used, must be compliant with all applicable
emission regulations for the area in which the engine is operated.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 0.10 % (1000 ppm) is strongly recommended.
• If high-sulfur fuel (sulfur content 0.50 % (5000 ppm) to 1.0 % (10000 ppm)) is used as a diesel fuel, change
the engine oil and oil filter at shorter intervals. (approximately half)
• DO NOT USE Fuels that have sulfur content greater than 1.0 % (10000 ppm).
• Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended.
• No.2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313
JUN87)
• Since KUBOTA diesel engines of less than 56 kW (75 hp) utilize EPA Tier 4 and Interim Tier 4 standards,
the use of low sulfur fuel or ultra low sulfur fuel is mandatory for these engines, when operated in US EPA
regulated areas. Therefore, please use No.2-D S500 or S15 diesel fuel as an alternative to No.2-D, and use
No.1-D S500 or S15 diesel fuel as an alternative to No.1-D for ambient temperatures below −10 °C (14 °F).

1) SAE : Society of Automotive Engineers


2) EN : European Norm
3) ASTM : American Society of Testing and Materials
4) US EPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency
5) No.1-D or No.2-D, S500 : Low Sulfur Diesel (LSD) less than 500 ppm or 0.05 wt.%
No.1-D or No.2-D, S15 : Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) 15 ppm or 0.0015 wt.%

G-6 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

4. CHECK AND MAINTENANCE


[1] DAILY CHECK POINTS
Checking Engine Oil Level
1. Level the engine.
2. To check the oil level, draw out the dipstick (1), wipe it clean,
reinsert it, and draw it out again.
Check to see that the oil level lies between the two notches.
3. If the level is too low, add new oil to the specified level.
Q IMPORTANT
• When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the
previous one, drain old oil. Never mix two different types of
oil.
Q NOTE
• Be sure to inspect the engine, locating it on a horizontal
place. If placed on gradients, accurately, oil quantity may
not be measured.
• Be sure to keep the oil level between upper and lower lines
of the dipstick (1). Too much oil may cause a drop in output
or excessive blow-by gas. On the closed breather type
engine in which mist is sucked through port, too much oil
may caused oil hammer. While too little oil, may seize the
engine’s rotating and sliding parts.
(1) Dipstick (a) Upper Line
(2) Oil Filler Plug (b) Lower Line
A: V2607-DI-T-E3B
B: V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1035676

G-7 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Checking and Replenish Coolant


1. Without recovery tank (2) :
Remove the radiator cap (1) and check to see that the coolant
level is just below the port.
With recovery tank (2) :
Check to see that the coolant level lies between FULL (A) and
LOW (B).
2. If coolant level is too low, check the reason for decreasing
coolant.
(Case 1)
If coolant is decreasing by evaporation, replenish only fresh, soft
water.
(Case 2)
If coolant is decreasing by leak, replenish coolant of the same
manufacture and type in the specified mixture ratio (fresh, soft
water and L.L.C.). If the coolant brand cannot be identified, drain
out all of the remaining coolant and refill with a totally new brand
of coolant mix.

CAUTION
• Do not remove the radiator cap (1) until coolant temperature
is below its boiling point. Then loosen the cap slightly to
relieve any excess pressure before removing the cap
completely.
Q IMPORTANT
• During filling the coolant, air must be vented from the engine
coolant passages. The air vents by jiggling the radiator
upper and lower hoses.
• Be sure to close the radiator cap (1) securely. If the cap is
loose or improperly closed, coolant may leak out and the
engine could overheat.
• Do not use an antifreeze and scale inhibitor at the same time.
• Never mix the different type or brand of L.L.C..
(1) Radiator Cap A : FULL
(2) Recovery Tank B : LOW
W1035779

G-8 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[2] CHECK POINTS OF INITIAL 50 HOURS


Changing Engine Oil

CAUTION
• Be sure to stop engine before changing engine oil.
1. Start and warm up the engine for approx. 5 minutes.
2. Place an oil pan underneath the engine.
3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug (1) at the bottom of
the engine and drain the oil completely.
4. Screw the drain plug (1).
5. Fill new oil up to upper line on the dipstick (2).
Q IMPORTANT
• When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the
previous one, remove all of the old oil.
• Never mix two different types of oil.
• Engine oil should have properties of API classification CF
(See page G-6).
• Use the proper SAE Engine Oil according to ambient
temperature.
SAE 30 or SAE 10W-30
Above 25 °C (77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 20 or SAE 10W-30
0 °C to 25 °C (32 °F to 77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W or SAE 10W-30
Below 0 °C (32 °F)
SAE 15W-40

10.2 L
V2607-DI-T-E3B
2.69 U.S.gals
Engine oil capacity
V3007-DI-T-E3B / 11.2 L
V3307-DI-T-E3B 2.96 U.S.gals

45 to 53 N·m
Tightening torque Drain plug 4.5 to 5.5 kgf·m
33 to 39 lbf·ft

(1) Drain Plug (a) Upper Line


(2) Dipstick (b) Lower Line
(3) Oil Filler Plug A: V2607-DI-T-E3B
B: V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1016604

Replacing Oil Filter Cartridge

CAUTION
• Be sure to stop the engine before changing filter cartridge.
1. Remove the oil filter cartridge (1) with the filter wrench.
2. Apply a slight coat of oil onto the new cartridge gasket.
3. To install the new cartridge, screw it in by hand. Over tightening
may cause deformation of rubber gasket.
4. After the new cartridge has been replaced, the engine oil
normally decrease a little. Thus see that the engine oil does not
leak through the seal and be sure to read the oil level on the
dipstick. Then, replenish the engine oil up to the specified level.
Q IMPORTANT
• To prevent serious damage to the engine, replacement
element must be highly efficient. Use only a KUBOTA
genuine filter or its equivalent.
(1) Engine Oil Filter Cartridge
W1017137

G-9 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Checking Fan Belt Tension


1. Measure the deflection (A), depressing the fan belt (2) halfway
between the fan drive pulley and alternator pulley at specified
force 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).
2. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications, loosen
the alternator mounting screws (1) and relocate the alternator to
adjust.
10.0 to 12.0 mm
Deflection (A) Factory spec.
0.394 to 0.472 in.

(1) Alternator Mounting Screw (A) Deflection


(2) Fan Belt
W1208957
Checking Fan Belt Damage and Wear
1. Check the fan belt for damage.
2. If the fan belt is damaged, replace it.
3. Check if the fan belt is worn and sunk in the pulley groove.
4. If the fan belt is nearly worn out and deeply sunk in the pulley
groove, replace it.
(A) Good (B) Bad
W1033474

G-10 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[3] CHECK POINT OF EVERY 50 HOURS


Checking Fuel Hoses and Clamp Bands
1. If the clamp band (2) is loose, apply oil to the threads and
securely retighten it.
2. The fuel hose (1) is made of rubber and ages regardless of the
period service.
Change the fuel pipe together with the clamp band (2) every two
years.
3. However, if the fuel hose (1) and clamp bands (2) are found to be
damaged or deteriorate earlier than two years, then change or
remedy.
4. After the fuel hose (1) and the clamp bands (2) have been
changed, bleed the fuel system.

CAUTION
• Stop the engine when attempting the check and change
prescribed above.
(When bleeding fuel system)
1. Fill the tank with fuel and open the cock.
2. Loosen the air vent coupling bolt of fuel filter a few turns.
3. When there is no more air bubbles in the fuel coming out of this
coupling bolt, tighten the coupling bolt.
4. Open the air vent cock (3) on the top of fuel injection pump.
5. If equipped electrical fuel feed pump, turn the key on AC position
and pump the fuel up for 10 to 15 seconds.
If equipped mechanical fuel feed pump, set the stop lever on stop
position and crank the engine for 10 to 15 seconds.
6. Close securely the air vent cock (3) after air bleeding.
Q IMPORTANT
• Except when venting the air, be sure to keep closed the air
vent coupling bolt of the fuel injection pump. Otherwise, the
engine may stall.
(1) Fuel Hose (3) Air Vent Cock
(2) Clamp Band

W1035921

G-11 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[4] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 250 HOURS


Checking Fan Belt Tension
1. Measure the deflection (A), depressing the fan belt (2) halfway
between the fan drive pulley and alternator pulley at specified
force 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).
2. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications, loosen
the alternator mounting screws (1) and relocate the alternator to
adjust.
10.0 to 12.0 mm
Deflection (A) Factory spec.
0.394 to 0.472 in.

(1) Alternator Mounting Screw (A) Deflection


(2) Fan Belt
W1014131
Checking Fan Belt Damage and Wear
1. Check the fan belt for damage.
2. If the fan belt is damaged, replace it.
3. Check if the fan belt is worn and sunk in the pulley groove.
4. If the fan belt is nearly worn out and deeply sunk in the pulley
groove, replace it.
(A) Good (B) Bad
W1209480

Cleaning Air Cleaner Element


1. Remove the air cleaner element.
2. Use clean dry compressed air on the inside of the element.
Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm2,
30 psi).
Maintain reasonable distance between the nozzle and the filter.
Q NOTE
• The air cleaner uses a dry element. Never apply oil to it.
• Do not run the engine with filter element removed.
• Change the element once a year or every 6th cleaning.
W1045746

G-12 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Cleaning Fuel Filter (Element Type only)


1. Close the fuel cock (3).
2. Unscrew the retaining ring (6) and remove the filter cup (5), and
rinse the inside with kerosene.
3. Take out the element (4) and dip it in the kerosene to rinse.
4. After cleaning, reassemble the fuel filter, keeping out dust and
dirt.
5. Bleed the fuel system.
Q IMPORTANT
• If dust and dirt enter the fuel, the fuel injection pump and
injection nozzle will wear quickly. To prevent this, be sure
to clean the filter cup (5) periodically.
(1) Cock Body (4) Filter Element
(2) Air Vent Plug (5) Filter Cup
(3) Fuel Cock (6) Retaining Ring
W1046058
Checking Radiator Hoses and Clamp Bands
1. Check to see if the radiator hoses are properly fixed every 250
hours of operation or every six months, whichever comes first.
2. If the clamp band is loose, apply oil to the threads and retighten
it securely.
3. The water hose is made of rubber and tends to age. It must be
replaced every two years. Also replace the clamp band and
tighten it securely.
(1) Upper Hose (2) Lower Hose
W1029518

Checking Battery Electrolyte Level (for Refillable Battery’s


only)
1. Check the battery electrolyte level.
2. If the level is below than lower level line (2), and the distilled water
to pour level of each cell.
(1) Upper Level Line (2) Lower Level Line
W1047154

Checking Intake Air Line


1. Check to see if the intake air hose (1) is properly fixed every 250
hours of operation.
2. If the clamp bands (2) are loose, apply oil to the threads and
retighten them securely.
3. The intake air hose (1) is made of rubber and tends to age. It
must be change every two years. Also change the clamp bands
(2) and tighten them securely.
Q IMPORTANT
• To prevent serious damage to the engine, keep out any dust
inside the intake air line.
(1) Intake Air Hose (2) Clamp Band
W1029631

G-13 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[5] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 500 HOURS


Changing Engine Oil

CAUTION
• Be sure to stop engine before changing engine oil.
1. Start and warm up the engine for approx. 5 minutes.
2. Place an oil pan underneath the engine.
3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug (1) at the bottom of
the engine and drain the oil completely.
4. Screw the drain plug (1).
5. Fill new oil up to upper line on the dipstick (2).
Q IMPORTANT
• When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the
previous one, remove all of the old oil.
• Never mix two different types of oil.
• Engine oil should have properties of API classification CF
(See page G-6).
• Use the proper SAE Engine Oil according to ambient
temperature.
SAE 30 or SAE 10W-30
Above 25 °C (77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 20 or SAE 10W-30
0 °C to 25 °C (32 °F to 77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W or SAE 10W-30
Below 0 °C (32 °F)
SAE 15W-40

10.2 L
V2607-DI-T-E3B
2.69 U.S.gals
Engine oil capacity
V3007-DI-T-E3B / 11.2 L
V3307-DI-T-E3B 2.96 U.S.gals

45 to 53 N·m
Tightening torque Drain plug 4.5 to 5.5 kgf·m
33 to 39 lbf·ft

(1) Drain Plug (a) Upper Line


(2) Dipstick (b) Lower Line
(3) Oil Filler Plug A: V2607-DI-T-E3B
B: V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1014590
Replacing Oil Filter Cartridge

CAUTION
• Be sure to stop the engine before changing filter cartridge.
1. Remove the oil filter cartridge (1) with the filter wrench.
2. Apply a slight coat of oil onto the new cartridge gasket.
3. To install the new cartridge, screw it in by hand. Over tightening
may cause deformation of rubber gasket.
4. After the new cartridge has been replaced, the engine oil
normally decrease a little. Thus see that the engine oil does not
leak through the seal and be sure to read the oil level on the
dipstick. Then, replenish the engine oil up to the specified level.
Q IMPORTANT
• To prevent serious damage to the engine, replacement
element must be highly efficient. Use only a KUBOTA
genuine filter or its equivalent.
(1) Engine Oil Filter Cartridge
W1015117

G-14 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Replacing Fuel Filter Cartridge (Cartridge Type)


Water and dust in fuel are collected in the filter cartridge. So,
change the filter cartridge every 500 hours service.
1. Remove the used filter cartridge with filter wrench.
2. Apply a thin film of fuel to the surface of new filter cartridge gasket
before screwing on.
3. Then tighten enough by hand.
4. Loosen the air vent plug to let the air out.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
(1) Fuel Filter Cartridge
W1037062

Replacing Fan Belt


1. Remove the alternator (1).
2. Remove the fan belt (2).
3. Replace new fan belt.
4. Install the alternator.
5. Check the fan belt tension.
10.0 to 12.0 mm / 98 N
Deflection (A) Factory spec. 0.394 to 0.472 in. / 98 N
(10 kgf, 22 lbf)

(1) Alternator (A) Deflection


(2) Fan Belt
W1052220
Cleaning Water Jacket and Radiator Interior

CAUTION
• Do not remove the radiator cap (1) when the engine is hot.
Then loosen cap slightly to the stop to relieve any excess
pressure before removing cap completely.
1. Stop the engine and let cool down.
2. To drain the coolant, open the radiator drain plug (2) and remove
the radiator cap (1). Then radiator cap (1) must be removed to
completely drain the coolant. And open the drain cock of engine
body.
3. After all coolant is drained, close the drain plug (2).
4. Fill with clean water and cooling system cleaner.
5. Follow directions of the cleaner instruction.
6. After flushing, fill with clean water and anti-freeze until the coolant
level is just below the port. Install the radiator cap (1) securely.
7. Fill with coolant up to “FULL” (A) mark on the recovery tank (3).
8. Start and operate the engine for few minutes.
9. Stop the engine and let cool. Check coolant level of radiator and
recovery tank (3) and add coolant if necessary.
Q IMPORTANT
• Do not start engine without coolant.
• Use clean, fresh, soft water and anti-freeze to fill the radiator
and recovery tank (3).
• When the anti-freeze is mixed with fresh, soft water, the anti-
freeze mixing ratio must be less than 50 %.
• Securely tighten radiator cap (1). If the cap is loose or
improperly fitted, water may leak out and the engine could
overheat.
(1) Radiator Cap A : Full
(2) Drain Plug B : Low
(3) Recovery Tank
W1038102

G-15 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Anti-Freeze
• There are two types of anti-freeze available: use the permanent
type (PT) for this engine.
• Before adding anti-freeze for the first time, clean the radiator
interior by pouring fresh, soft water and draining it a few times.
• The procedure for mixing water and anti-freeze differs according
to the make of the anti-freeze and the ambient temperature.
Basically, it should be referred to SAE J1034 standard, more
specifically also to SAE J814c.
• Mix the anti-freeze with fresh, soft water, and then fill into the
radiator.
Q IMPORTANT
• When the anti-freeze is mixed with fresh, soft water, the anti-
freeze mixing ratio must be less than 50 %.
Vol % Freezing point Boiling point*
anti-freeze °C °F °C °F
40 –24 –11 106 223
50 –37 –35 108 226
* At 1.013 × 100000 Pa (760 mmHg) pressure (atmospheric). A
higher boiling point is obtained by using a radiator pressure cap
which permits the development of pressure within the cooling
system.
Q NOTE
• The above data represents industrial standards that
necessitate a minimum glycol content in the concentrated
anti-freeze.
• When the coolant level drops due to evaporation, add fresh,
soft water only to keep the anti-freeze mixing ratio less than
50 %. In case of leakage, add anti-freeze and fresh, soft
water in the specified mixing ratio.
• Anti-freeze absorbs moisture. Keep unused anti-freeze in a
tightly sealed container.
• Do not use radiator cleaning agents when anti-freeze has
been added to the coolant.
(Anti-freeze contains an anti-corrosive agent, which will
react with the radiator cleaning agent forming sludge which
will affect the engine parts.)
W1039218

G-16 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[6] CHECK POINT OF EVERY 1000 HOURS


Checking Valve Clearance
Q IMPORTANT
• Valve clearance must be checked and adjusted when engine
is cold.
1. Remove the high pressure pipes, glow lead, glow plugs and the
cylinder head cover.
2. Align the 1TC mark of flywheel and the convex of flywheel
housing timing windows so that the first piston (front cover side)
comes to the compression top dead center.
[Adjustable type of valve bridge arm]
(V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
3. Before adjusting the valve clearance, adjust the valve bridge arm
evenly to the valve stem.
4. Loosen the lock nut (2) of adjusting screw (1) and adjust with
screw.
5. Slightly push the rocker arm with your fingers and screw in the
adjusting screw (1) slowly until you feel the screw touch the top
of valve stem, then tighten the lock nut (2).
6. Loosen the lock nut (4) of adjusting screw (3) (push rod side) and
insert the feeler gauge between the rocker arm and the head of
valve bridge arm. Set the adjusting screw (3) to the specified
value, then tighten the lock nut.
[Adjustment unnecessary type of valve bridge arm]
(V2607-DI-T-E3B / V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
3. Loosen the lock nut (4) of adjusting screw (3) (push rod side) and
insert the feeler gauge between the rocker arm and the head of
valve bridge arm. Set the adjusting screw (3) to the specified
value, then tighten the lock nut.
0.13 to 0.17 mm
Valve clearance (A) Factory spec.
0.0052 to 0.0066 in.

Q NOTE
• After adjusting, tighten the lock nut (4) securely.
Valve arrangement
Adjustment cylinder IN. EX.
Location of piston
1st , ,

When No.1 piston is at 2nd ,


compression top dead center 3rd ,
4th
1st

When No.1 piston is at 2nd ,


overlap position 3rd ,
4th , ,

9.81 to 11.2 N·m


Cylinder head cover screw 1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
23 to 36 N·m
Injection pipe retaining nut 2.3 to 3.7 kgf·m
17 to 26 lbf·ft

(1) Adjusting Screw A : Valve Clearance


(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Screw
(4) Lock Nut
W1047000

G-17 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[7] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1 OR 2 MONTHS


Recharging

CAUTION
• When the battery is being activated, hydrogen and oxygen
gases in the battery are extremely explosive. Keep open
sparks and flames away from the battery at all times,
especially when charging the battery.
• When charging battery, remove battery vent plugs.
• When disconnecting the cable from the battery, start with
the negative terminal first. When connecting the cable to the
battery, start with the positive terminal first.
• Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across
the posts.
Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
1) Slow Charging
1. Add distilled water if the electrolyte level is low. When charging,
the amount of electrolyte should be slightly lower than the
specified level to prevent overflow.
2. Connect the battery to the charging unit, following the
manufacture’s instructions.
3. As the electrolyte generates gas while charging, remove all port
caps.
4. The electrolyte temperature must not exceed 40 °C (104 °F)
during charging.
If it exceed 40 °C (104 °F), decrease the charging amperage or
stop charging for a while.
5. When charging several batteries in series, charge at the rate of
the smallest battery in the line.
2) Quick Charging
1. Determine the proper charging current and charging time with the
tester attached to the quick charger.
2. Determine the proper charging current as 1/1 of the battery
capacity. If the battery capacity exceeds 50 Ah, consider 50 A as
the maximum.
Q Precaution for Operating a Quick Charger
• Operate with a quick charger differs according to the type.
Consult the instruction manual and use accordingly.
W1052658

G-18 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Battery Specific Gravity (for Refillable Battery’s only)


1. Check the specific gravity of the electrolyte in each cell with a
hydrometer.
2. When the electrolyte temperature differs from that at which the
hydrometer was calibrated, correct the specific gravity reading
following the formula mentioned in (Reference).
3. If the specific gravity is less than 1.215 (after it is corrected for
temperature), charge or replace the battery.
4. If the specific gravity differs between any two cells by more than
0.05, replace the battery.
Q NOTE
• Hold the hydrometer tube vertical without removing it from
the electrolyte.
• Do not suck too much electrolyte into the tube.
• Allow the float to move freely and hold the hydrometer at eye
level.
• The hydrometer reading must be taken at the highest
electrolyte level.
(Reference)
• Specific gravity slightly varies with temperature. To be exact, the
specific gravity decreases by 0.0007 with an increase of 1 °C
(0.0004 with an increase of 1 °F) in temperature, and increases
by 0.0007 with a decreases of 1 °C (0.0004 with a decrease of 1
°F).
Therefore, using 20 °C (68 °F) as a reference, the specific gravity
reading must be corrected by the following formula :
- Specific gravity at 20 °C = Measured value + 0.0007 ×
(electrolyte temperature : 20 °C)
- Specific gravity at 68 °F = Measured value + 0.0004 ×
(electrolyte temperature : 68 °F)
Specific Gravity State of Charge
1.260 Sp. Gr. 100 % Charged
1.230 Sp. Gr. 75 % Charged
1.200 Sp. Gr. 50 % Charged
1.170 Sp. Gr. 25 % Charged
1.140 Sp. Gr. Very Little Useful Capacity
1.110 Sp. Gr. Discharged
At an electrolyte temperature of 20 °C (68 °F)
(a) Good (c) Bad
(b) Bad

W1012763

G-19 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[8] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1500 HOURS


CAUTION
• Check the nozzle injection pressure and condition after confirming that there is nobody standing in the
direction the spray goes.
• If the spray from the nozzle directly contacts the human body, cells may be destroyed and blood poisoning
may be caused.
Checking Nozzle Spraying Condition
1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester, and check the
nozzle spraying condition.
2. If the spraying condition is defective, replace the injection nozzle
assembly or repair at Kubota-authorized nozzle service shop.
(a) Good (b) Bad
W10371670

Checking Nozzle Injection Pressure


1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester.
2. Slowly move the tester handle to measure the pressure at which
fuel begins jetting out from the nozzle.
3. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications,
replace the injection nozzle assembly or repair at Kubota-
authorized nozzle service shop.
Q NOTE
• Injection nozzle gasket must be replaced when the injection
nozzle is removed for checking.
18.64 to 20.10 MPa
V2607-DI-T-E3B 190.0 to 205.0 kgf/cm2
Injection 2703 to 2915 psi
Factory
pressure
spec. 18.64 to 19.61 MPa
(1st stage) V3007-DI-T-E3B /
190.0 to 200.0 kgf/cm2
V3307-DI-T-E3B
2703 to 2844 psi
W1037280
Checking Valve Seat Tightness
1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester.
2. Raise the fuel pressure, and keep at 16.67 MPa (170.0 kgf/cm2,
2418 psi) for 10 seconds.
3. If any fuel leak is found, replace the injection nozzle assembly or
repair at Kubota-authorized nozzle service shop.
No fuel leak at
16.67 MPa
Valve seat tightness Factory spec.
170.0 kgf/cm2
2418 psi
W10374150

G-20 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[9] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 3000 HOURS


Checking Turbocharger
(Turbine Side)
1. Check the exhaust port (2) and inlet port (4) side of turbine
housing (3) to see if there is no exhaust gas leak.
2. If any gas leak is found, retighten the bolts and nuts or replace
the gasket ((1) or (5)) with new one.
(Compressor Side)
1. Check the inlet hose (9) of the compressor cover (6) to see if
there is no air leak.
2. If any air leak is found, change the clamp band (7) and / or inlet
hoses (9).
3. Check the intake hose (8) and the clamp band (7) to see if there
is not loose or crack.
4. If any loose or crack is found, tighten the clamp band (7) or
change the hose ((8) or (9)) to prevent dust from entry.
(Radial Clearance)
1. If the wheel contact to the housing, replace the turbocharger
assembly with new one.
(1) Gasket (6) Compressor Cover
(2) Exhaust Port (7) Clamp Band
(3) Turbine Housing (8) Intake Hose
(4) Inlet Port (9) Inlet Hose
(5) Gasket
W1022082

G-21 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Checking Injection Timing


1. Make sure of matching the injection timing align mark (1) of the
injection pump unit and the flywheel housing, as shown in the
illustration.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Remove the stop solenoid.
4. Turn the flywheel counterclockwise (viewed from flywheel side)
until the fuel fills up to the hole of the delivery valve holder (3) for
No.1 cylinder.
5. After the fuel fills up to the hole of the delivery valve holder (3) for
No.1 cylinder, turn back (clockwise) the flywheel around 1.6 rad
(90 °).
6. Turn the flywheel counterclockwise to set at around 0.17 rad
(10 °) before T.D.C..
7. Slowly turn the flywheel counterclockwise and stop turning when
the fuel begins to come up, to get the present injection timing.
8. Check to see the degree on flywheel.
The flywheel has mark “1TC” for the crank angle before the top
dead center of No.1 piston.
9. If the injection timing is not within the specification, rotate the
injection pump unit to adjust the injection timing.
Q IMPORTANT
• When installing the injection pump unit to the engine body,
follow the correct procedure.
See the “Injection Pump Unit”.
(Injection timing)
Model Factory spec.
0.0087 rad before T.D.C. to 0.017 rad after T.D.C.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
(0.50 ° before T.D.C. to 1.0 ° after T.D.C.)
0.00261 rad before T.D.C. to 0.0235 rad after T.D.C.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
(0.150 ° before T.D.C. to 1.35 ° after T.D.C.)
0.00960 to 0.0357 rad after T.D.C.
V3307-DI-T-E3B
(0.550 to 2.05 ° after T.D.C.)

23 to 36 N·m
Injection pipe retaining nut 2.3 to 3.7 kgf·m
17 to 26 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump unit
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
mounting nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Timing Align Mark (a) Injection Timing Advanced


(2) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut (b) Injection Timing Retarded
(3) Delivery Valve Holder
W1036105

G-22 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Checking Injection Pump


(Fuel Tightness of Pump Element)
1. Remove the engine stop solenoid.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Install the injection pump pressure tester (1) to the injection
pump.
4. Install the injection nozzle (2) jetted with the proper injection
pressure to the injection pump pressure tester (1). (Refer to the
figure.)
5. Set the speed control lever to the maximum speed position.
6. Run the starter to increase the pressure.
7. If the pressure can not reach the allowable limit, replace the
pump with new one or repair with a Kubota-authorized pump
service shop.
(Fuel Tightness of Delivery Valve)
1. Remove the engine stop solenoid.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Install a pressure tester to the fuel injection pump.
4. Install the injection nozzle (2) jetted with the proper injection
pressure to the injection pump pressure tester (1).
5. Run the starter to increase the pressure.
6. Stop the starter when the fuel jets from the injection nozzle (2).
After that, turn the flywheel by the hand and raise the pressure to
approx. 18.63 MPa (190.0 kgf/cm2, 2702 psi).
7. Now turn the flywheel back about half a turn (to keep the plunger
free). Maintain the flywheel at this position and clock the time
taken for the pressure to drop from 18.63 to 17.65 MPa (from
190.0 to 180.0 kgf/cm2, from 2702 to 2560 psi).
8. Measure the time needed to decrease the pressure from 18.63 to
17.65 MPa (from 190.0 to 180.0 kgf/cm2, from 2702 to 2560 psi).
9. If the measurement is less than allowable limit, replace the pump
with new one or repair with a Kubota-authorized pump service
shop.
18.63 MPa
Fuel tightness of pump
Allowable limit 190.0 kgf/cm2
element
2702 psi
10 seconds
18.63 → 17.65 MPa
Factory spec.
190.0 → 180.0 kgf/cm2
Fuel tightness of 2702 → 2560 psi
delivery valve 5 seconds
18.63 → 17.65 MPa
Allowable limit
190.0 → 180.0 kgf/cm2
2702 → 2560 psi

Q NOTE
• Never try to disassemble the injection pump assembly. For
repairs, you are strongly requested to contact a Kubota-
authorized pump service shop.
(1) Injection Pump Pressure Tester (3) Protection Cover for Jetted Fuel
(2) Injection Nozzle
W1022357

G-23 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[10] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 1 YEAR


Changing Engine Oil

CAUTION
• Be sure to stop engine before changing engine oil.
1. Start and warm up the engine for approx. 5 minutes.
2. Place an oil pan underneath the engine.
3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug (1) at the bottom of
the engine and drain the oil completely.
4. Screw the drain plug (1).
5. Fill new oil up to upper line on the dipstick (2).
Q IMPORTANT
• When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the
previous one, remove all of the old oil.
• Never mix two different types of oil.
• Engine oil should have properties of API classification CF
(See page G-6).
• Use the proper SAE Engine Oil according to ambient
temperature.
SAE 30 or SAE 10W-30
Above 25 °C (77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 20 or SAE 10W-30
0 °C to 25 °C (32 °F to 77 °F)
SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W or SAE 10W-30
Below 0 °C (32 °F)
SAE 15W-40

10.2 L
V2607-DI-T-E3B
2.69 U.S.gals
Engine oil capacity
V3007-DI-T-E3B / 11.2 L
V3307-DI-T-E3B 2.96 U.S.gals

45 to 53 N·m
Tightening torque Drain plug 4.5 to 5.5 kgf·m
33 to 39 lbf·ft

(1) Drain Plug (a) Upper Line


(2) Dipstick (b) Lower Line
(3) Oil Filler Plug A: V2607-DI-T-E3B
B: V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1036031
Replacing Air Cleaner Element
1. Remove used air cleaner element.
2. Replace new air cleaner element.
Q NOTE
• The air cleaner uses a dry element. Never apply oil to it.
• Do not run the engine with filter element removed.
W1020554

G-24 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

[11] CHECK POINTS OF EVERY 2 YEARS


Changing Radiator Coolant (L.L.C.)

CAUTION
• Do not remove the radiator cap (1) when the engine is hot.
Then loosen cap slightly to the stop to relieve any excess
pressure before removing cap completely.
1. Stop the engine and let cool down.
2. To drain the coolant, open the radiator drain plug (2) and remove
the radiator cap (1). Then radiator cap (1) must be removed to
completely drain the coolant. And open the drain cock of engine
body.
3. After all coolant is drained, close the drain plug (2).
4. Fill with clean water and cooling system cleaner.
5. Follow directions of the cleaner instruction.
6. After flushing, fill with clean water and anti-freeze until the coolant
level is just below the port. Install the radiator cap (1) securely.
7. Fill with coolant up to “FULL” (A) mark on the recovery tank (3).
8. Start and operate the engine for few minutes.
9. Stop the engine and let cool. Check coolant level of radiator and
recovery tank (3) and add coolant if necessary.
Q IMPORTANT
• Do not start engine without coolant.
• Use clean, fresh, soft water and anti-freeze to fill the radiator
and recovery tank (3).
• When the anti-freeze is mixed with fresh, soft water, the anti-
freeze mixing ratio must be less than 50 %.
• Securely tighten radiator cap (1). If the cap is loose or
improperly fitted, water may leak out and the engine could
overheat.
(1) Radiator Cap A : Full
(2) Drain Plug B : Low
(3) Recovery Tank
(To be continued)
W1024599

G-25 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

(Continued)
(Anti-freeze)
• There are two types of anti-freeze available: use the permanent
type (PT) for this engine.
• Before adding anti-freeze for the first time, clean the radiator
interior by pouring fresh, soft water and draining it a few times.
• The procedure for mixing water and anti-freeze differs according
to the make of the anti-freeze and the ambient temperature.
Basically, it should be referred to SAE J1034 standard, more
specifically also to SAE J814c.
• Mix the anti-freeze with fresh, soft water, and then fill into the
radiator.
Q IMPORTANT
• When the anti-freeze is mixed with fresh, soft water, the anti-
freeze mixing ratio must be less than 50 %.
Vol % Freezing point Boiling point*
anti-freeze °C °F °C °F
40 –24 –11 106 223
50 –37 –35 108 226
* At 1.013 × 100000 Pa (760 mmHg) pressure (atmospheric). A
higher boiling point is obtained by using a radiator pressure cap
which permits the development of pressure within the cooling
system.
Q NOTE
• The above data represents industrial standards that
necessitate a minimum glycol content in the concentrated
anti-freeze.
• When the coolant level drops due to evaporation, add fresh,
soft water only to keep the anti-freeze mixing ratio less than
50 %. In case of leakage, add anti-freeze and fresh, soft
water in the specified mixing ratio.
• Anti-freeze absorbs moisture. Keep unused anti-freeze in a
tightly sealed container.
• Do not use radiator cleaning agents when anti-freeze has
been added to the coolant.
(Anti-freeze contains an anti-corrosive agent, which will
react with the radiator cleaning agent forming sludge which
will affect the engine parts.)
W1024852
Replacing Radiator Hoses and Clamp Bands

CAUTION
• Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Then
loosen cap slightly to the stop to relieve any excess
pressure before removing cap completely.
1. Drain the coolant.
2. Loosen the clamp bands.
3. Remove the upper hose (1) and lower hose (2).
4. Replace new upper / lower hose (1), (2) and clamp bands.
5. Tighten the clamp bands.
6. Fill with clean water and anti-freeze until the coolant level is just
below the port. Install the radiator cap securely.
(1) Upper Hose (2) Lower Hose
W1024178

G-26 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Replacing Fuel Hoses and Clamp Bands


1. Loosen the clamp band (2) and remove the fuel hose (1).
2. Replace new fuel hose (1) and new clamp band (2).
3. Tighten the clamp band (2).

CAUTION
• Stop the engine when attempting the check and change
prescribed above.
(When bleeding fuel system)
1. Fill the tank with fuel and open the cock.
2. Loosen the air vent coupling bolt of fuel filter a few turns.
3. When there is no more air bubbles in the fuel coming out of this
coupling bolt, tighten the coupling bolt.
4. Open the air vent cock (3) on the top of fuel injection pump.
5. If equipped electrical fuel feed pump, turn the key on AC position
and pump the fuel up for 10 to 15 seconds.
If equipped mechanical fuel feed pump, set the stop lever on stop
position and crank the engine for 10 to 15 seconds.
6. Close securely the air vent cock (3) after air bleeding.
Q IMPORTANT
• Except when venting the air, be sure to keep closed the air
vent coupling bolt of the fuel injection pump. Otherwise, the
engine may stall.
(1) Fuel Hose (3) Air Vent Cock
(2) Clamp Band
W1020090
Replacing Intake Air Line
1. Loosen the clamp bands (2).
2. Remove the intake air hose (1) and clamp bands (2).
3. Replace new intake air hose (1) and new clamp bands (2).
4. Tighten the clamp bands (2).
Q NOTE
• To prevent serious damage to the engine, keep out any dust
inside the intake air line.
(1) Intake Air Hose (2) Clamp Band
W1023867

Replacing Battery

CAUTION
• When the battery is being activated, hydrogen and oxygen
gases in the battery are extremely explosive. Keep open
sparks and flames away from the battery at all times,
especially when charging the battery.
• When charging battery, remove battery vent plugs.
• When disconnecting the cable from the battery, start with
the negative terminal first. When connecting the cable to the
battery, start with the positive terminal first.
• Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across
the posts.
1. Disconnect the negative terminal and positive terminal.
2. Remove the battery holder.
3. Remove the used battery.
4. Replace the new battery.
5. Tighten the battery holder.
6. Connect the positive terminal.
7. Connect the negative terminal.
W1023996

G-27 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

5. SPECIAL TOOLS
Diesel Engine Compression Tester
Code No: 07909-30208 (Assembly)
Application: Use to measure diesel engine compression and
diagnostics of need for major overhaul.
(1) Gauge (7) Adaptor F
(2) L Joint (8) Adaptor G
(3) Adaptor A (9) Adaptor H
(4) Adaptor B (10) Adaptor I
(5) Adaptor C (11) Adaptor J
(6) Adaptor E
W1024200

Oil Pressure Tester


Code No: 07916-32032
Application: Use to measure lubricating oil pressure.
(1) Gauge (5) Adaptor 2
(2) Cable (6) Adaptor 3
(3) Threaded Joint (7) Adaptor 4
(4) Adaptor 1 (8) Adaptor 5
W1024318

G-28 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Q NOTE
• The following special tools are not provided, make them referring to the figure.
Injection Pump Pressure Tester
Application: Use to check fuel tightness of injection pumps.
Pressure gauge full scale : More than 29.4 MPa
A
(300 kgf/cm2, 4270 psi)
B PF 1/2
C Copper gasket
D Flange (Material Steel)
E Hex. nut 27 mm (1.1 in.) across the plat
F Adhesive application
G Fillet welding on the enter circumference
H Retaining nut
I 17 mm dia. (0.67 in. dia.)
J 8.0 mm dia. (0.31 in. dia.)
K 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
L 17 mm dia. (0.67 in. dia.)
M 6.10 to 6.20 mm dia. (0.241 to 0.244 in. dia.)
N 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
O 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
P 11.97 to 11.99 mm dia. (0.4713 to 0.4720 in. dia.)
Q PF 1/2
R 23 mm (0.91 in.)
S 17 mm (0.67 in.)
T 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
U 12.00 to 12.02 mm dia. (0.4725 to 0.4732 in. dia.)
V 100 mm (3.94 in.)
W M12 × P1.5
X 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)
W10252400

G-29 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Glow Plug Adapter (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to check compression pressure through glow plug hole.

A 3.0 mm dia. (0.12 in. dia.) through hole L 1.0 rad (60 °)
B 17.0 mm (0.669 in.) M 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C 16.0 mm dia. (0.630 in. dia.) P0.5 N 17.0 mm (0.669 in.)
D 13.0 mm dia. (0.512 in. dia.) O 47.0 mm (1.85 in.)
E 9.5 mm dia. (0.37 in. dia.) P 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
F M8 x 1.0 Q 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
G 6.50 to 6.70 mm dia. (0.256 to 0.263 in. dia.) R 100 mm (3.94 in.)
H 2.12 to 2.18 rad (121 to 125 °) S 65.0 mm (2.56 in.)
I 4.90 to 5.50 mm dia. (0.193 to 0.216 in. dia.) T 190 mm (7.48 in.)
J 0.52 rad (30 °) C1.5 Chamfer 1.5 mm (0.059 in.)
K 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) Material : SS400

G-30 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Glow Plug Adapter (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to check compression pressure through glow plug hole.

A 3.0 mm dia. (0.12 in. dia.) through hole L 1.0 rad (60 °)
B 17.0 mm (0.669 in.) M 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C 16.0 mm dia. (0.630 in. dia.) P0.5 N 17.0 mm (0.669 in.)
D 13.0 mm dia. (0.512 in. dia.) O 61.5 mm (2.42 in.)
E 9.5 mm dia. (0.37 in. dia.) P 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
F M8 x 1.0 Q 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
G 6.50 to 6.70 mm dia. (0.256 to 0.263 in. dia.) R 100 mm (3.94 in.)
H 2.145 to 2.148 rad (122.9 to 123.1 °) S 79.5 mm (3.13 in.)
I 4.90 to 5.50 mm dia. (0.193 to 0.216 in. dia.) T 204.5 mm (8.051 in.)
J 0.52 rad (30 °) C1.5 Chamfer 1.5 mm (0.059 in.)
K 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) Material : SS400

G-31 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Small End Bushing Replacing Tool (for V2607-DI-T-E3B only)


Application: Use to press fit the small end bushing.
A 140 mm (5.51 in.)
B 27.2 to 27.5 mm (1.07 to 1.08 in.)
C 75.0 mm (2.95 in.) : Roulette
D 20.0 mm (0.787 in.)
E 0.52 rad (30 °)
F 25.967 to 25.980 mm dia. (1.0224 to 1.0228 in. dia.)
G 34.0 mm dia. (1.34 in. dia.)
H 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
I 0.35 rad (20 °)
J 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
K 0.15 to 0.25 mm (0.0059 to 0.0098 in.)
L 0.35 rad (20 °)
M 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
N 14.5 mm (0.571 in.)
O 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
P 0.35 rad (20 °)
Q 26.000 to 26.021 mm (1.0237 to 1.0244 in.)
R 28.900 to 28.950 mm (1.1378 to 1.1397 in.)
a Ra = 3.2a
b Ra = 1.6a
c 1.0 mm radius (0.039 in radius)
d 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
C0.3 Chamfer 0.30 mm (0.012 in.)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : SS400


(2) Guide Material : STKM12A
W1038743
Idle Gear Bushing Replacing Tool (for V2607 / V3007 / V3307)
Application: Use to press out and to press fit the bushing.
A 196 mm (7.72 in.)
B 25.0 mm (0.984 in.)
C 150 mm (5.91 in.)
D 34.5 mm dia. (1.36 in. dia.)
E 38.075 to 38.100 mm dia. (1.4991 to 1.5000 in. dia.)
F 20 mm dia. (0.79 in. dia.)
a 6.3 μm (250 μin.)
b 6.3 μm (250 μin.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C2 Chamfer 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1039429

G-32 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Valve Guide Replacing Tool


Application: Use to press out and press fit the valve guide.
[for V2607-DI-T-E3B]
A 220 mm (8.66 in.)
B 80 mm (3.1 in.)
C 40 mm (1.6 in.)
D 20 mm dia. (0.79 in. dia.)
E 9.960 to 9.980 mm dia. (0.3922 to 0.3929 in. dia.)
F 5.50 to 5.70 mm dia. (0.217 to 0.224 in. dia.)
G 25 mm dia. (0.98 in. dia.)
H 6.00 to 6.10 mm dia. (0.237 to 0.240 in. dia.)
I 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)
J 18 mm dia. (0.71 in. dia.)
K 10.6 to 10.7 mm dia. (0.418 to 0.421 in. dia.)
L 6.90 to 7.10 mm (0.272 to 0.279 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C2 Chamfer 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
C0.3 Chamfer 0.30 mm (0.012 in.)

[for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]


A 225 mm (8.86 in.)
B 70 mm (2.8 in.)
C 45 mm (1.8 in.)
D 20 mm dia. (0.79 in dia.)
E 11.7 to 11.9 mm dia. (0.461 to 0.468 in. dia.)
F 6.50 to 6.60 mm dia. (0.256 to 0.259 in. dia.)
G 25 mm dia. (0.98 in. dia.)
H 6.70 to 7.00 mm dia. (0.264 to 0.275 in. dia.)
I 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)
J 20 mm dia. (0.79 in. dia.)
K 12.5 to 12.8 mm dia. (0.493 to 0.503 in. dia.)
L 8.50 to 8.90 mm (0.335 to 0.350 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C2 Chamfer 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
C0.3 Chamfer 0.30 mm (0.012 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W10250170

G-33 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Front Cover Oil Seal Replacing Tool (for V2607 / V3007 / V3307)
Application: Use to press fit the front cover oil seal.

A 120 mm (4.72 in.)


B 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
C 2.90 to 3.00 mm (0.115 to 0.118 in.)
D 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
E 80.0 mm (3.15 in.)
F 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
G 95.0 mm dia. (3.74 in. dia.)
78.900 to 79.100 mm dia.
H
(3.1063 to 3.1141 in. dia.)
57.971 to 57.990 mm dia.
I
(2.2824 to 2.2830 in. dia.)
J 50.0 mm dia. (1.97 in. dia.)
K 15.0 mm dia. (0.591 in. dia.)
L 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
M 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
N 90.0 mm (3.54 in.)
O 2.50 mm (0.0984 in.)
P 0.35 rad (20 °)
0.15 to 0.25 mm
Q
(0.0059 to 0.0098 in.)
a Ra = 3.2 a
b Ra = 1.6 a
c 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
d 1.5 mm radius (0.059 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : S43C-D


W1014589

G-34 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Flywheel Housing Oil Seal Replacing Tool (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application : Use to press fit the flywheel housing oil seal.

A 117 mm (4.61 in.)


B 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
C 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
D 75.0 mm (2.95 in.) : Roulette
E 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
F 105 mm dia. (4.13 in. dia.)
78.9971 to 78.9990 mm dia.
G
(3.11013 to 3.11019 in. dia.)
H 68.0 mm dia. (2.68 in. dia.)
I 15.0 mm dia. (0.591 in. dia.)
J 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
K 90.0 mm (3.54 in.)
L 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
M 0.35 rad (20 °)
0.15 to 0.25 mm
N
(0.0059 to 0.0098 in.)
a Ra = 3.2 a
b Ra = 1.6 a
c 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
d 1.5 mm radius (0.059 in. radius)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1041793

G-35 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Flywheel Housing Oil Seal Replacing Tool (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to press fit the flywheel housing oil seal.

A 118 mm (4.65 in.)


B 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
C 0.90 to 1.0 mm (0.036 to 0.039 in.)
D 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
E 80.0 mm (3.15 in.)
F 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
G 120 mm dia. (4.72 in. dia.)
100.90 to 101.10 mm dia.
H
(3.9725 to 3.9803 in. dia.)
86.966 to 86.988 mm dia.
I
(3.4239 to 3.4247 in. dia.)
J 79.0 mm dia. (3.11 in. dia.)
K 15.0 mm dia. (0.591 in. dia.)
L 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
M 13.0 mm (0.512 in.)
N 90.0 mm (3.54 in.)
O 2.50 mm (0.0984 in.)
P 0.35 rad (20 °)
0.15 to 0.25 mm
Q
(0.0059 to 0.0098 in.)
a Ra = 3.2 a
b Ra = 1.6 a
c 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
d 1.5 mm radius (0.059 in. radius)
e 0.20 mm radius (0.0079 in. radius)
C0.3 Chamfer 0.30 mm (0.012 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : S43C-D


W1015151

G-36 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Valve Bridge Shaft Replacing Tool (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application : Use to press fit the valve bridge shaft.

A 170 mm (6.69 in.)


B 40.0 mm (1.57 in.)
C 25.0 mm (0.984 in.)
D 105 mm (4.13 in.)
E 25.0 mm (0.984 in.)
F 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
G 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
H 0.35 rad (20 °)
18.45 to 18.55 mm
I
(0.7264 to 0.7303 in.)
20.95 to 21.05 mm
J
(0.8248 to 0.8287 in.)
17.057 to 17.084 mm dia.
K
(0.67154 to 0.67259 in. dia.)
L 16.0 mm dia. (0.630 in. dia.)
M 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
N 60.0 mm dia. (2.36 in. dia.)
O SR 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
8.10 to 8.15 mm dia.
P
(0.319 to 0.320 in. dia.)
Q 16.4 to 16.6 mm (0.646 to 0.653 in.)
R 25.0 mm (0.984 in.)
S 70.0 mm (2.76 in.) : Roulette
T 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
a Ra = 6.3 a
b Ra = 1.6 a
c Ra = 3.2 a
d 0.50 mm radius (0.020 in. radius)
e 5.0 mm radius (0.20 in. radius)
under 0.30 mm radius
f
(0.012 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C5 Chamfer 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) “IN” side


(2) “EX” side
(3) Material : S43C-D
(4) Bottom flat
W1042739

G-37 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Valve Bridge Shaft Replacing Tool (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-


DI-T-E3B)
Application: Use to press fit the valve bridge shaft.
A 9.50 mm dia. (0.374 in. dia.) through hole
B 19.0 mm (0.748 in.)
C 23.2 mm (0.913 in.)
D 42.00 to 42.40 mm (1.654 to 1.669 in.)
E 12.5 mm dia. (0.492 in. dia.) through hole
F 61.0 mm (2.40 in.)
G 18.7 mm (0.736 in.)
H 30.90 to 31.70 mm (1.217 to 1.248 in.)
a 0.30 mm radius (0.012 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
C2 Chamfer 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1015898

Camshaft Cover Replacing Tool (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-


T-E3B)
Application: Use to press fit the camshaft cover.
A 30.0 mm (1.18 in.)
B 30.0 mm dia., 20.0 mm depth (1.18 in. dia., 0.79 in. depth)
C 47.975 to 48.000 mm (1.8888 to 1.8897 in.)
D 52.0 mm (2.05 in.)
E 80.0 mm (3.15 in.)
F 16.5 to 16.6 mm (0.650 to 0.653 in.)
G 80.0 mm (3.15 in.)
H 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
I 26.0 mm (1.02 in.)
J 100 mm (3.94 in.)
K 6.0 mm (0.24 in.)
L 132 mm (5.20 in.)
M 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
a 1.0 mm radius (0.039 in. radius)
b 2.0 mm radius (0.079 in. radius)
c Ra = 3.2a
d 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : S43C


W1014056

G-38 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Crankshaft Sleeve Replacing Tool (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application : Use to fix the crankshaft sleeve of the diesel engine.

A 0.035 rad (2.0 °) Q 15.0 mm dia. (0.591 in. dia.)


B 30.0 mm (1.18 in.) R 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
C 31.925 to 31.950 mm dia. (1.2569 to 1.2578 in. dia.) S 24.45 to 24.55 mm (0.9626 to 0.9665 in.)
D 22.0 mm dia. (0.866 in. dia.) T 115 mm depth (4.53 in. depth)
E 73.60 to 73.70 mm dia. (2.898 to 2.901 in. dia.) U 34.5 mm (1.36 in.)
F 10.0 mm (0.394 in.) V 120 mm (4.72 in.)
G 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) W 154.5 mm (6.083 in.)
7.0 mm dia. (0.28 in. dia.),
H 23.45 to 23.55 mm (0.9233 to 0.9272 in.) AA
Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.) both side
I 29.5 mm (1.16 in.) a Ra = 1.6 a
J 95.0 mm (3.74 in.) : Roulette b Ra = 3.2 a
K 10.0 mm (0.394 in.) c 1.0 mm radius (0.039 in. radius)
L 0.52 rad (30 °) d 10.0 mm radius (0.394 in. radius)
M 0.70 to 1.0 mm dia. (0.028 to 0.039 in. dia.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
N 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) C3 Chamfer 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
O 90.0 mm dia. (3.54 in. dia.) C5 Chamfer 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)
P 74.10 to 74.20 mm dia. (2.918 to 2.921 in. dia.)

(1) Sleeve Guide Material : (2) Shaft Material : SGD400-D


SGD400-D
W1036487

G-39 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Crankshaft Sleeve Replacing Tool (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to fix the crankshaft sleeve of the diesel engine.

A 1.50 mm (0.0591 in.) Q 33.0 mm (1.30 in.)


B 0.52 rad (30 °) R 115 mm depth (4.53 in. depth)
C 34.925 to 34.950 mm dia. (1.3750 to 1.3759 in. dia.) S 43.0 mm (1.69 in.)
D 22 mm dia. (0.8661 in. dia.) T 120 mm (4.72 in.)
E 81.980 to 81.985 mm dia. (3.2276 to 3.2277 in. dia.) U 163 mm (6.42 in.)
F 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) V 8.0 mm dia. (0.31 in. dia.)
G 23.5 mm (0.925 in.) W 33.475 to 33.525 mm (1.3180 to 1.3198 in.)
H 29.5 mm (1.16 in.) a Ra = 1.6 a
I 58.0 mm (2.28 in.) b 0.50 mm radius (0.020 in. radius)
J 95.0 mm (3.74 in.) c Ra = 3.2 a
K 98.0 mm dia. (3.86 in. dia.) d 1.50 mm radius (0.0591 in. radius)
L 0.52 rad (30 °) e 10.0 mm radius (0.394 in. radius)
M 82.100 to 82.200 mm dia. (3.2323 to 3.2362 in. dia.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
N 1.50 mm (0.0591 in.) C3 Chamfer 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
O 15.0 mm dia. (0.591 in. dia.) C5 Chamfer 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)
P 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)

(1) Sleeve Guide Material : S43C (2) Shaft Material : S43C

G-40 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Engine Stand (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to support engine.
A 107 mm (4.21 in.)
B 246 mm (9.68 in.)
C 28 mm (1.1 in.)
D 190 mm (7.48 in.)
E 15 mm (0.59 in.)
F 14 mm dia. (0.55 in. dia.)
G 59 mm (2.3 in.)
H 80 mm radius (3.1 in. radius)
I 70 mm (2.8 in.)
J 460 mm (18.1 in.)
K 270 mm (10.6 in.)
L 6.0 mm (0.24 in.)
M 70 mm (2.8 in.)
C10 Chamfer 10 mm (0.39 in.)

(1) Material : S43C


W1033072
Engine Stand (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
Application: Use to support engine.
A 107 mm (4.21 in.)
B 246 mm (9.68 in.)
C 21 mm (0.83 in.)
D 204 mm (8.03 in.)
E 102 mm (4.02 in.)
F 15 mm (0.59 in.)
G 59 mm (2.3 in.)
H 14 mm dia. (0.55 in. dia.)
I 80 mm radius (3.1 in. radius)
J 70 mm (2.8 in.)
K 460 mm (18.1 in.)
L 270 mm (10.6 in.)
M 6.0 mm (0.24 in.)
N 70 mm (2.8 in.)
C10 Chamfer 10 mm (0.39 in.)

(1) Material : S43C


W1033645

G-41 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Crankcase Aligning Plate (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Application :Use for aligning the crankcase 1 and 2.

A 115 mm (4.53 in.) R 25.0 mm (0.984 in.)


B 106.5 mm (4.193 in.) S 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
C 108 mm (4.25 in.) T 70.0 mm (2.76 in.)
D 78.0 mm (3.07 in.) U 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
E 115 mm (4.53 in.) V 83.0 mm (3.27 in.)
F 91.0 mm (3.58 in.) W 11.0 mm (0.433 in.)
G 24.0 mm (0.945 in.) X 32.0 mm (1.26 in.)
H 26.0 mm (1.02 in.) Y 6.0 mm (0.24 in.)
I 53.0 mm (2.09 in.) Z 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
5 X 13.0 mm dia. (0.512 in. dia.),
J 140 mm dia. (5.51 in. dia.) AA
Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
4 X 40.0 mm dia. (1.57 in. dia.),
K 20.0 mm (0.787 in.) AB
Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
16.0 mm dia. (0.630 in. dia.),
L 260 mm dia. (10.2 in. dia.) AC
Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
M 14.5 mm (0.571 in.) a 15.0 mm radius (0.591 in. radius)
N 53.0 mm (2.09 in.) b Ra = 3.2 a
O 75.0 mm (2.95 in.) c Ra = 6.3 a
P 108 mm (4.25 in.) d 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Q 117 mm (4.61 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1045196

G-42 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Crankcase Aligning Plate (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-


E3B)
Application: Use for aligning the crankcase 1 and 2.
A 126.6 mm (4.984 in.)
B 49.1 mm (1.93 in.)
C 37.5 mm (1.48 in.)
D 20 mm (0.79 in.)
E 14 mm dia. (0.55 in. dia.)
F 14 mm dia. (0.55 in. dia.)
G 14 mm dia. (0.55 in. dia.)
H 17.5 mm (0.689 in.)
I 17.5 mm (0.689 in.)
J 35 mm (1.4 in.)
K 19 mm (0.75 in.)

(1) Material : S43C


W1047882
Flywheel Housing Guide (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)
Application: Use to install the flywheel housing to the crankcase.

A 70.0 mm (2.76 in.)


B 30.0 mm (1.18 in.)
C 30.0 mm (1.18 in.) : Roulette
D 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
78.60 to 78.70 mm dia.
E
(3.095 to 3.098 in. dia.)
73.8 to 74.2 mm dia.
F
(2.91 to 2.92 in. dia.)
32.009 to 32.034 mm dia.
G
(1.2602 to 1.2611 in. dia.)
H 20.0 mm dia. (0.787 in. dia.)
I 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
J 75.5 mm dia. (2.97 in. dia.)
K 30.0 mm (1.18 in.)
7.0 mm dia., 8.0 mm depth
L
(0.28 in. dia., 0.31 in. depth)
M 1.1 to 1.3 mm (0.044 to 0.051 in.)
N 20.0 mm (0.787 in.)
a Ra = 3.2 a
b Ra = 1.6 a
c 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
d 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
e 0.20 mm radius (0.0079 in. radius)
f 1.5 mm radius (0.059 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1046882

G-43 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Flywheel Housing Guide (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


Application: Use to install the flywheel housing to the crankcase.

A 70.0 mm (2.76 in.)


B 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
C 22.0 mm (0.866 in.)
D 30.0 mm (1.18 in.)
E 87.0 mm dia. (3.43 in. dia.)
82.036 to 82.071 mm dia.
F
(3.2298 to 3.2311 in. dia.)
G 77.0 mm dia. (3.03 in. dia.)
H 57.0 mm dia. (2.24 in. dia.)
I 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
J 30.0 mm dia. (1.18 in. dia.)
K 84.0 mm dia. (3.31 in. dia.)
L 3.5 mm (0.14 in.)
M 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
N 6.60 to 6.80 mm (0.260 to 0.267 in.)
O 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
P 67.0 mm dia. (2.64 in. dia.)
4.0 mm dia. (0.16 in. dia.)
Q
through hole
a Ra = 1.6 a
b 1.5 mm radius (0.059 in. radius)
c Ra = 3.2 a
d 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1017819

G-44 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Injection Pump Gear Puller (for V2607 / V3007 / V3307)


Application: Use for remove the injection pump gear from governor shaft.

M35 x P1.5, 6.0 mm depth


A
(0.24 in. depth)
35.0 mm dia., 12.0 mm depth
B
(1.38 in. dia., 0.472 in. depth)
30.0 mm dia., 27.5 mm depth
C
(1.18 in. dia., 1.08 in. depth)
40.00 to 40.20 mm dia.
D
(1.575 to 1.582 in. dia.)
35.90 to 36.10 mm dia.
E
(1.414 to 1.421 in. dia.)
F 2.09 rad (120 °)
G M8 x P1.25
H 9.0 mm dia. (0.35 in. dia.)
I 19.0 mm dia. (0.748 in. dia.)
J 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
K 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
L 27.5 mm (1.08 in.)
M 31.0 mm (1.22 in.)
N 57.5 mm (2.26 in.)
O 100 mm (3.94 in.)
13.75 to 14.00 mm
P
(0.5414 to 0.5511 in.)
Q 16.17 mm (0.6366 in.)
a 5.0 mm radius (0.20 in. radius)
b 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
C0.2 Chamfer 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W1018612
Fuel Camshaft Lock Screw (Socket Set Screw Dog Point Type)
Application: Use to fix the fuel camshaft.
A M8 × Pitch 1.25
B 0.79 rad (45 °)
C 5.0 mm dia. (0.20 in. dia.)
D 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
E 45 mm (1.8 in.)
F 10 mm (0.39 in.) : Conspicuously Painted
G 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) Material : SS400


W10461560

G-45 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Jig for Governor Connecting Rod (for V2607 / V3007 / V3307)


Application: Use for connecting the governor connecting rod to the rack pin of the fuel injection pump assembly.

A 0.50 mm (0.020 in.) O 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)


B 12.7 to 13.0 mm (0.500 to 0.511 in.) P 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
C 8.70 to 9.00 mm (0.343 to 0.354 in.) Q 2.955 to 2.965 mm dia. (0.1164 to 0.1167 in. dia.)
D 39.0 mm (1.54 in.) R 3.020 to 3.030 mm dia. (0.1189 to 0.1192 in. dia.)
E 10.0 mm (0.394 in.) S Ra = 1.6 a
F 7.0 mm (0.28 in.) AA Governor housing side
G 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) BB Press in side
H 80.0 mm (3.15 in.) a 0.60 mm radius (0.024 in. radius)
I 27.95 to 28.05 mm (1.101 to 1.104 in.) b 1.0 mm radius (0.039 in. radius)
J 5.0 mm (0.20 in.) C0.2 Chamfer 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.)
3.000 to 3.010 mm dia., 6.0 mm depth (0.1182 to 0.1185
K C0.4 Chamfer 0.40 mm (0.016 in.)
in. dia., 0.24 in. depth)
L 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
M 5.0 mm (0.20 in.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
N 14.45 to 14.55 mm (0.5689 to 0.5728 in.) C2 Chamfer 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

(1) Material : S43C-D (2) Permanent Magnet : (3) Pin Material : SUM22
8.0 mm dia. (0.31 in. dia.)
Thickness : 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

G-46 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Pin for Balancer Shaft Bearing Replacing Tool (for V3007 /


V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.
A 7.20 to 7.40 mm (0.284 to 0.291 in.)
B 4.0 mm dia. (0.16 in. dia.)
C Ra = 0.8 a
C0.1 Chamfer 0.10 mm (0.0039 in.)
C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)

(1) Material : SUM22


W1020662

G-47 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing A Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 18.0 mm (0.709 in.) T 23.0 mm (0.906 in.)


B 130 mm (5.12 in.) U 0.35 rad (20 °)
C 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) V 24.0 mm (0.945 in.)
D 34.0 mm (1.34 in.) W 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
E 99.0 mm (3.90 in.) X 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
F Y 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
G 53.0 mm dia. (2.09 in. dia.) Z 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
H 48.80 to 48.90 mm dia. (1.922 to 1.925 in. dia.) a 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
I 0.52 rad (30 °) b 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)
J 40.0 mm dia. (1.57 in. dia.) c 53.0 mm (2.09 in.)
K 20.0 mm dia. (0.787 in. dia.) d 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
L 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.377 in. dia.) e 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
M 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) f Ra = 3.2 a
N 5.5 to 6.5 mm (0.22 to 0.25 in.) g 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
O 33.0 mm (1.30 in.) h 0.30 mm radius (0.012 in. radius)
P 134 mm (5.28 in.) i 7.0 mm radius (0.28 in. radius)
Q 167 mm (6.57 in.) j 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
R 1.53 rad (87.5 °) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
S 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-48 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing C Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 52.5 mm dia. (2.07 in. dia.) V 0.86 rad (49 °)


B 48.40 to 48.50 mm dia. (1.906 to 1.909 in. dia.) W 0.428 rad (24.5 °)
C 40.0 mm dia. (1.57 in. dia.) X 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
D 0.52 rad (30 °) Y 23.0 mm (0.906 in.)
E 18.0 mm (0.709 in.) Z 0.35 rad (20 °)
F 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) a 24.0 mm (0.945 in.)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
G b 16.0 mm (0.630 in.)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
H 20.0 mm dia. (0.787 in. dia.) c 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
I 46.0 mm dia. (1.81 in. dia.) d 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
J 34.0 mm (1.34 in.) e 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
K 99.0 mm (3.90 in.) f 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)
L 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.378 in. dia.) g 53.0 mm (2.09 in.)
M 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) h 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
N 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) i 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
O 193.5 mm (7.618 in.) j Ra = 3.2 a
P 10.0 mm (0.394 in.) k 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
Q 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) l 0.30 mm radius (0.012 in. radius)
R 25.0 mm (0.984 in.) m 7.0 mm radius (0.28 in. radius)
S 211 to 212 mm (8.31 to 8.34 in.) n 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
T 134 mm (5.28 in.) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
U 370.5 mm (14.59 in.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-49 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing D Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 34.5 mm dia. (1.36 in. dia.) V 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
B 30.80 to 30.90 mm dia. (1.213 to 1.216 in. dia.) W 23.0 mm (0.906 in.)
C 24.0 mm dia. (0.945 in. dia.) X 0.35 rad (20 °)
D 0.52 rad (30 °) Y 24.0 mm (0.945 in.)
E 0.52 rad (30 °) Z 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
F a 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
G 26.0 mm dia. (1.02 in. dia.) b 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
H 46.0 mm dia. (1.81 in. dia.) c 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
I 34.0 mm (1.34 in.) d 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
J 99.0 mm (3.90 in.) e 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)
K 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.377 in. dia.) f 53.0 mm (2.09 in.)
L 5.0 mm (0.20 in.) g 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
M 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) h 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
N 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) i Ra = 3.2 a
O 10.0 mm (0.394 in.) j 2.0 mm radius (0.079 in. radius)
P 29.5 mm (1.16 in.) l 0.30 mm radius (0.012 in. radius)
Q 24.5 mm (0.965 in.) k 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
R 413.5 to 414.5 mm (16.28 to 16.31 in.) m 7.0 mm radius (0.28 in. radius)
S 134 mm (5.28 in.) n 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
T 468 mm (18.4 in.) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
U 1.1 rad (65 °) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-50 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing B Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 18.0 mm (0.709 in.) Q 0.52 rad (30 °)


B 125 mm (4.92 in.) R 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
C 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) S 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
D T 0.52 rad (30 °)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
E 53.0 mm dia. (2.09 in. dia.) U 84.5 to 85.5 mm (3.33 to 3.36 in.)
F 48.80 to 48.90 mm dia. (1.922 to 1.925 in. dia.) V 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
G 40.0 mm dia. (1.57 in. dia.) W 0.70 rad (40 °)
H 0.52 rad (30 °) X 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
I 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) Y 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
J 20.0 mm dia. (0.787 in. dia.) a 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
K 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.377 in. dia.) b Ra = 3.2 a
L 19.5 to 20.5 mm dia. (0.768 to 0.807 in. dia.) c 0.20 mm radius (0.0079 in. radius)
M 20.0 mm (0.787 in.) d 8.0 mm radius (0.31 in. radius)
N 99.0 mm (3.90 in.) e 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
O 44.0 mm (1.73 in.) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
P 120 mm (4.72 in.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-51 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing C Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 52.5 mm dia. (2.07 in. dia.) V 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)


B 48.30 to 48.40 mm dia. (1.902 to 1.905 in. dia.) W 84.5 to 85.5 mm (3.33 to 3.36 in.)
C 40.0 mm dia. (1.57 in. dia.) X 0.35 rad (20 °)
D 0.52 rad (30 °) Y 14.54 mm (0.5724 in.)
E 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) Z 39.94 mm (1.572 in.)
F 18.0 mm (0.709 in.) a 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
G 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) b 0.87 rad (50 °)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
H c 18.0 mm (0.709 in.)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
I 20.0 mm dia. (0.787 in. dia.) d 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
J 46.0 mm dia. (1.81 in. dia.) e 12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
K 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.378 in. dia.) f 15.0 mm (0.591 in.)
L 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) g 0.70 rad (40 °)
M 199.5 mm (7.854 in.) h 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
N 15.0 mm (0.591 in.) i 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
O 100 mm (3.94 in.) j Ra = 3.2 a
P 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) l 0.20 mm radius (0.0079 in. radius)
Q 25.0 mm (0.984 in.) k 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
R 222 to 223 mm (8.74 to 8.77 in.) m 8.0 mm radius (0.31 in. radius)
S 120 mm (4.72 in.) n 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
T 0.70 rad (40 °) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
U 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-52 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM G GENERAL

Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing D Replacing Tool (for V3007 / V3307 Balancer Model)
Application: Use to press fit the bearing.

A 34.5 mm dia. (1.36 in. dia.) T 120 mm (4.72 in.)


B 30.80 to 30.90 mm dia. (1.213 to 1.216 in. dia.) U 479 mm (18.9 in.)
C 24.0 mm dia. (0.945 in. dia.) V 1.6 rad (92 °)
D 0.52 rad (30 °) W 35.0 mm dia. (1.38 in. dia.)
E 0.52 rad (30 °) X 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
F 26.0 mm dia. (1.02 in. dia.) Y 0.52 rad (30 °)
G 46.0 mm dia. (1.81 in. dia.) Z 84.5 to 85.5 mm (3.33 to 3.36 in.)
H 34.90 to 35.00 mm dia. (1.374 to 1.377 in. dia.) a 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
4.000 to 4.018 mm dia., 7.0 mm depth
I b 0.70 rad (40 °)
(0.1575 to 0.1581 in. dia., 0.28 in. depth)
J 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) c 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
K 5.0 mm (0.20 in.) d 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
L 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) e 2.0 mm radius (0.079 in. radius)
M 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) f Ra = 3.2 a
N 15.0 mm (0.591 in.) g 0.30 mm radius (0.012 in. radius)
O 20.0 mm (0.787 in.) h 0.80 mm radius (0.031 in. radius)
P 99.0 mm (3.90 in.) i 8.0 mm radius (0.31 in. radius)
Q 29.5 mm (1.16 in.) j 0.40 mm radius (0.016 in. radius)
R 24.5 mm (0.965 in.) C0.5 Chamfer 0.50 mm (0.020 in.)
S 424.5 to 425.5 mm (16.72 to 16.75 in.) C1 Chamfer 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)

(1) Shaft Material : S43C-D (2) Stopper Material : SS400

G-53 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


MECHANISM

CONTENTS

1. FEATURE ........................................................................................................ M-1


2. ENGINE BODY ............................................................................................... M-2
[1] CYLINDER BLOCK................................................................................... M-2
[2] COOLING JACKET................................................................................... M-3
[3] HALF-FLOATING HEAD COVER ............................................................ M-3
[4] CYLINDER HEAD ..................................................................................... M-4
[5] 4 SCREWS PER EACH CYLINDER ASSEMBLING STRUCTURE .... M-5
[6] CENTER DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM (E-CDIS)............................... M-6
[7] GEAR TRAIN CONFIGURATION ............................................................ M-7
[8] PISTON...................................................................................................... M-7
[9] BUILT-IN DYNAMIC BALANCER (BALANCER MODEL ONLY).......... M-7
3. LUBRICATING SYSTEM ................................................................................ M-8
[1] OIL COOLER ............................................................................................ M-8
4. COOLING SYSTEM ........................................................................................ M-9
[1] THERMOSTAT .......................................................................................... M-9
[2] BOTTOM BYPASS SYSTEM................................................................. M-10
5. FUEL SYSTEM ............................................................................................. M-11
[1] GOVERNOR ............................................................................................ M-11
[2] 2 STAGE DI NOZZLE ........................................................................... M-14
[3] INJECTION PUMP WITH F.S.P............................................................ M-15
[4] CPV EQUIPPED DELIVERY VALVE.................................................... M-16
6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM ............................................................. M-17
[1] TURBOCHARGER................................................................................... M-17
7. EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM ................................ M-18
[1] GENERAL ................................................................................................ M-18
[2] EXTERNAL MECHANICAL EGR........................................................... M-18
(1) EGR Cooler........................................................................................ M-19
(2) Thermo Valve..................................................................................... M-19
(3) Mechanical EGR Valve ...................................................................... M-20
(4) Reed Valve ........................................................................................ M-20

KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

1. FEATURE
The 07 series DI engine are the vertical type 4-cycle
diesel engine featuring the advanced performances
shown below.
Q New Concept
• The Kubota 07 Series is a totally new concept in
engine design developed with various requirements
necessary for a wide range of industrial applications.
• Kubota’s unique cylinder block design was developed
using Kubota’s original casting technology allowing
for a larger displacement within the current 2.4 L
compact engine package.
• The improved cooling system with a main water
gallery and water passages between cylinder bores
as a countermeasure against heat load provides high
power density, superior endurance and a reliable
Kubota 07 Series.
• The Kubota 07 Series completes Kubota’s seamless
range up to 100 hp.
Q Emissions
• The NEW Kubota 07 Series engines have been
designed to comply with EPA Interim Tier 4 (Option 1)
emissions regulations, which are the most stringent in
this size range. The Kubota 07 Series engines also
comply with EU Stage ΙΙΙA requirements. The Kubota
07 Series engines offer the benefit of one year longer
validity than Tier 3. Therefore, these engines are
good through the end of 2012 in both the North
American and European markets, which would save
engineering resources for the future Tier levels.
• Meeting emission regulations with minimal additional
required devices : NOx is reduced only by mechanical
means such as a compactly designed cooled exhaust
gas recirculation (EGR) system.
Q Clean and Quiet Power
• Kubota’s original E-CDIS (Center Direct Injection
System) combustion system, renowned for clean
combustion in the Kubota V3 (DI) Series, has been
renovated. The fuel injection pressure was increased
and the combustion chamber was redesigned to
achieve a 25 % lower particulate matter (PM) level,
resulting in a better condition when compared to
engines that only meet EPA Tier 3 regulations in this
class.
• These new engines have been designed to reduce
transmitted vibrations and radiated sound, resulting in
lower noise levels. Operator and environmentally
friendly, the Kubota 07 Series begins a new era of
Kubota’s engine design.
W1012645

M-1 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

2. ENGINE BODY
[1] CYLINDER BLOCK
The 07 series DI engine employs ladder frame
structure type crankcases - the crankcase 1 (1) with
combustion part and the crankcase 2 (2) which supports
the crankcase 1 (1).
The following benefits are in the ladder frame
structure.
1. Minimizing parts.
2. Noise reduction.
3. Reduction of loss and dispersion on friction thanks to
accuracy of axial concentricity.
The cylinder is a linerless type which enables good
cooling operation, less strain and good abrasion
resistance.
(1) Crankcase 1 (2) Crankcase 2
W1012790

M-2 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[2] COOLING JACKET


The 07 series DI engine employs coolant evenness
distribution type cooling jacket inside crankcase 1. The
coolant is evenly supplied to each cylinder through the
main gallery (3) in the jacket mold core (2).
(1) Coolant Passage between (2) Jacket Mold Core
Cylinder (3) Main Gallery
W1013000

[3] HALF-FLOATING HEAD COVER


The rubber packing (2) is fitted in to maintain the head
cover 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) or so off the cylinder head. This
arrangement helps reduce noise coming from the
cylinder head.
(1) Cylinder Head Cover (2) Rubber Packing
W1013327

M-3 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[4] CYLINDER HEAD


This engine employs four valve system, the cylinder
head is provided with double intake passage in order to
ensure appropriate air suction and give an optimum swirl.
(1) Intake (2) Exhaust
W1013336

M-4 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[5] 4 SCREWS PER EACH CYLINDER ASSEMBLING STRUCTURE


The 07 series DI engine employs 4 screws per each
cylinder assembling structure.
The cylinder head (2) and the crankcase 2 (4) are
assembled from the top and bottom to the crankcase 1
(3) with each of 10 screws.
The following objectives are in the 4 screws per each
cylinder assembling structure.
1. Reduce the load share rate of combustion pressure
on outer block surface wall.
2. Flexibility of cylinder head design.
(1) Cylinder Head Mounting (3) Crankcase 1
Screw (4) Crankcase 2
(2) Cylinder Head (5) Crankcase 2 Mounting Screw
W1013265

M-5 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[6] CENTER DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM (E-CDIS)


The 07 series DI engine adopts the Center Direct
Injection System (E-CDIS), in which the injection nozzle
(3) is positioned upright at the center of the cylinder.
This system serves to inject fuel directly at the center
of the cylinder. By so doing, injected fuel and suction air
can be mixed more uniformly, leading to more stable,
higher combustion performance. In other words, cleaner
emission, higher power output, lower fuel consumption,
lower operating noise and higher start-up performance
have been achieved.
(1) Exhaust Valves (3) Injection Nozzle
(2) Piston (4) Intake Valves
W11094950

The 07 series DI engine has two intake valves and


two exhaust valves per each cylinder.
The rocker arm (1) contacts a valve bridge arm (2)
instead of the valves stem tip.
The valve bridge arm (2) then contacts both intake
valves or both exhaust valves and causes two valves to
open simultaneously.
(1) Rocker Arm (2) Valve Bridge Arm
W1014724

M-6 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[7] GEAR TRAIN CONFIGURATION


The 07 series DI engine employs gear train located at
flywheel side. The following benefits are in the rear gear
train configuration.
1. Flexibility of auxiliary parts arrangement.
2. Reduction of gear chattering noise from crankshaft of
torsional and bending vibration.
(1) Rear Gear Train (3) Balancer Shaft 2 (Option)
(2) Balancer Shaft 1 (Option) (4) Flywheel
W1013611

[8] PISTON
Piston’s skirt is coated with molybdenum
disulfide+, which reduces the piston slap noise and
thus the entire operating noise.

+Molybdenum disulfide (MoS2)


The molybdenum disulfide (1) serves as a solid
lubricant, like a Graphite or Teflon. This material helps
resist metal wears even with little lube oil.
(1) Molybdenum Disulfide

W1015665

[9] BUILT-IN DYNAMIC BALANCER (BALANCER MODEL ONLY)


Engines are sure to vibrate by piston’s reciprocation.
Theoretically, three-cylinder engines are much less
prone to cause vibration than four-cylinder ones (second
inertia, etc.). However, any engine has many moving
parts in addition to its pistons and cannot be completely
free from vibration.
The four cylinder engine is fitted with balance weight
on crankcase to absorb the second inertia mentioned
above and reduce vibration.
(1) Balancer Shaft 1 (2) Balancer Shaft 2
W1013617

M-7 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

3. LUBRICATING SYSTEM
[1] OIL COOLER
The 07 series engine has a coolant-cooled oil cooler
that not only cools hot oil, but also warms the cool engine
oil shortly after start up.
As shown in the figure, the oil flows inside the
connected cooler plate, whereas coolant is kept
circulating outside the cooler plate, thereby cooling down
or warming the oil.
(A) Oil Inlet Port (a) Coolant Inlet Port
(B) Oil Outlet Port (b) Coolant Outlet Port

W10344770

M-8 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

4. COOLING SYSTEM
[1] THERMOSTAT
Conventional thermostatically-controlled valves
(outlet water temperature control type) open against the
flow of coolant. In this design, the pressure (steam
pressure + water pump’s discharge pressure) affects the
open/close performance of such valve. In other words,
the valve may be delayed in opening at a preset opening
temperature opening suddenly, above the preset
temperature. This is called the overshoot phenomenon.
The overshoot problem invites the undershoot
phenomenon too. Too much water cooled by the radiator
flows through the water passage, which suddenly closes
the valve below the thermostat’s preset valve closing
temperature.
A repeated cycle of such overshoot (3) and
undershoot phenomena is called the water temperature
hunting. This hunting problem may adversely affect the
cooling system parts, and also the engine and its related
components.
To cope with this trouble, the 07 series engine is
equipped with the flow control thermostat. The valve has
a notch (4) to control the coolant flow-rate smoothly in
small steps.
(1) Coolant Temperature (A) Valve Lift Versus Flow-rate
(2) Time (B) Flow-rate
(3) Overshoot (C) At Short Valve Lift
(4) Notch (D) At Medium Valve Lift
(E) At High Valve Lift
(F) Valve Lift
W1013684

M-9 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[2] BOTTOM BYPASS SYSTEM


Bottom bypass system is introduced in the 07 series
for improving the cooling performance of the radiator.
While the temperature of coolant in the engine is low,
the thermostat (1) is held closed and the coolant is
allowed to flow through the bypass pipe and to circulate
in the engine.
When the temperature exceeds the thermostat (1)
valve opening level, the thermostat (1) fully opens itself
to prevent the hot coolant from flowing through the
bypass into the engine.
In this way, the radiator can increase its cooling
performance.
(1) Thermostat (A) Bypass Opened
(2) Radiator (B) Bypass Closed
(3) Engine
W1013406

M-10 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

5. FUEL SYSTEM
[1] GOVERNOR
The engine employs the separated fuel injection
pump in combination with Kubota’s own small multi-
function mechanical governor, which enables more
dependability.
It also employs the torque limiting mechanism to
control the maximum peak torque so that it complies with
the regulations of exhaust gas.
This mechanism maintains engine speed at a
constant level even under fluctuating loads, provides
stable idling and regulates maximum engine speed by
controlling the fuel injection rate.
This engine uses a mechanical governor that controls
the fuel injection rate at all speed ranges (from idling to
maximum speed) by utilizing the balance between the
flyweight’s centrifugal force and spring tension.
A governor shaft for monitoring engine speed is
independent of the injection pump shaft and rotates at
twice the speed of conventional types, providing better
response to load fluctuation and delivering greater
engine output.
W1013830
Q At Start
The stop solenoid (energized-to-run type) is powered
to release the stop lever.
As no centrifugal force is applied to flyweight (2), low
tension of start spring (1) permits control rack to move
the starting position, supplying the amount of fuel
required to start the engine.
(1) Start Spring (2) Flyweight
W1013967

M-11 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Q At Idling
Turn the speed control lever (2) clockwise to idle the
engine. It tensions the governor spring (7) to pull the fork
lever 2 (1).
When the fork lever 2 (1) is pulled, it moves the torque
spring pin (3) and the fork lever 1 (5) in the direction of
the arrow A to restrain the weight. In combination with
the start spring tension, it is balanced with the centrifugal
force of flywheel weight to keep idling.
(1) Fork Lever 2 (5) Fork Lever 1
(2) Speed Control Lever (6) Flyweight
(3) Spring Pin (7) Governor Spring
(4) Start Spring
W1014034

Q At rated speed with full load and overload


As the speed control lever is changed from the middle
speed to high speed, the governor spring tension
increases to compress the torque spring and move the
fork lever 1 in the direction of the arrow A.
The fork lever 2 moves until it reaches the output
limiting bolt (2) to keep rated rotation and rated output.
When the engine is overloaded, the engine rotating
speed decreases and the centrifugal force of flywheel
weight decreases. Then the torque spring moves the
fork lever 1 in the direction of arrow A.
The control rack moves in the direction that increases
fuel supply to increase the output. It is balanced with the
centrifugal force of the flywheel weight to produce low-
speed output (torque output).
(1) No-load Maximum Rotation (3) Torque Limiting Bolt
(2) Output Limiting Bolt
W1014276

M-12 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Q To stop engine
When the stop solenoid (1) is turned off, the spring
tension of the solenoid is released, the rod extrudes and
the stop lever moves the control rack in the direction of
the arrow B which stops the engine.
To stop the engine manually, move the external stop
lever to the left.
(1) Stop Solenoid (2) Stop Lever Shaft
W1014393

M-13 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[2] 2 STAGE DI NOZZLE


Exhaust and noise regulations are becoming
increasingly strict, particularly in regard to the reduction
of NOx (nitrogen oxides) and particulates.
The two-spring nozzle holder has been developed to
reduce NOx (nitrogen oxides) and particulates from
direct injection diesel engine exhaust.
Q Features
The two-spring nozzle holder limits needle valve lift at
initial valve opening to throttle the injection quantity.
Main injection occurs when the in-line pressure has
increased sufficiently to move the needle valve through
its full lift.
This gives the following features.
• Improved engine stability at low and intermediate
speeds.
• Decreased engine hunting and surge.
• Decreased noise at idling.
• Decreased idling speed because of improved engine
stability.
• Stabilized fuel injection characteristics from the
injection pump and nozzle system, and easier
matching of governor characteristics to engine
demand.
(1) Nozzle Holder Body (7) Second Spring
(2) 1st Stage Injection Pressure (8) Pre-lift Adjusting Spring Seat
Adjusting Shim (9) Chip-packing
(3) First Spring (10) Max-lift Adjusting Washer
(4) Pressure Pin (11) Retaining Nut
(5) Spring Seat (12) Nozzle
(6) 2nd Stage Injection Pressure
Adjusting Shim
W1014568

M-14 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

A-B : First Spring’s Set Force


B-C-D : Combined Force of
First and Second Springs
P1 : First Opening Pressure
P2 : Second Opening Pressure

L : Full Needle Valve Lift


l : Needle Valve Pre-lift

X1 : Cam Angle (°)


Y1 : Injection Rate (mm3/°)
X2 : Needle Valve Lift (mm)
Y2 : In-line Pressure
W1014795

Q First opening pressure


The force of the high pressure fuel delivered by the injection pump acts to push the needle valve up. When this
force exceeds the set force of the first spring, the nozzle’s needle valve pushes the first pushrod up and the valve
opens. (First opening pressure is represented by point E in the bottom left hand figure, and point A in the above
figure.)
Q Second opening pressure
When the first pushrod has been lifted through the pre-lift, it contacts the second pushrod. As the set force of the
second spring is acting on the second pushrod, the combined forces of both the first spring and the second spring then
act on the needle valve, which will not lift unless these forces are overcome.
When the high pressure fuel (i.e., in-line pressure) overcomes the combined forces of the first and second springs,
the needle valve is again lifted and main injection can begin. (Second opening pressure is represented by point F in
the bottom left hand figure and B-C in the above figure.)

[3] INJECTION PUMP WITH F.S.P.


The fuel injection pump with F.S.P. (Fine Spill Port)
mechanism is equipped with two functions: speed timer
function and injection rate control function.
The former function works like this. As the rpm is low,
the injection timing gets delayed. This helps cut down on
NOx and operating noise.
The latter function serves to keep down the initial
injection rate and keep up the later injection rate, which
cuts down on NOx and PM as well.
(1) Fine Spill Port (F.S.P.) (5) Plunger
(2) Plunger Chamber (6) F.S.P. Stroke
(3) Main Port (7) Leaking Fuel at Initial Fuel
(4) Cylinder Pressure-Feed Stage
W1014969

M-15 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[4] CPV EQUIPPED DELIVERY VALVE


The Constant Pressure Valve (CPV) is a mechanism
that maintains uniform residual pressure in the high
pressure pipe. It stabilizes overall delivery quantity
characteristics and especially delivery quantity
characteristics at low speeds.
Q At high fuel pressure
The delivery valve (1), the steel ball (5) and the
snapper valve (6) are moved up together. The delivery
valve seat surface (2) opens when the fuel pressure
becomes more than the delivery valve set pressure.
Q At after injection
The delivery valve (1), the steel ball (5) and the
snapper valve (6) are moved down and the delivery valve
seat surface (2) closes. The steel ball still opens on the
way and the fuel returns to the injection pump side. The
steel ball (5) closes when the fuel pressure becomes less
than the snapper valve set pressure.
(1) Delivery Valve (7) Snapper Valve Spring
(2) Seat Surface (8) Snapper Valve Seat
(3) Valve Seat
(4) Orifice A : Current Delivery Valve
(5) Steel Ball B : CPV Equipped Delivery
(6) Snapper Valve Valve

W1015816

M-16 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM


[1] TURBOCHARGER
(1) Lock Nut
(2) Thrust Bearing
(3) Snap Ring
(4) O-ring
(5) Thrust Sleeve
(6) Piston Ring
(7) Turbine Wheel
(8) Turbine Housing
(9) Actuator
(10) Compressor Wheel
(11) Piston Ring
(12) Oil Deflector
(13) Bearing
(14) Snap Ring
W10353780

A turbocharger consists basically of a centrifugal compressor mounted on a common shaft with a turbine driven by
exhaust gas. The compressor is usually located between the air cleaner and the intake manifold (or intercooler; if
equipped), while the turbine is located between the exhaust manifold and the muffler.
The prime job of the turbocharger is, by compressing the air, to force more air into the engine cylinders. This allows
the engine to efficiently burn more fuel, thereby producing more horsepower.
In applications where the boost pressure is relatively low, the turbocharger is capable of reducing the smoke
concentration, the concentration in the cylinder, fuel consumption, and deterioration in performance at elevated terrain
by increasing the amount of air into the engine cylinders.
In applications where the boost pressure is high, the turbocharger is capable of providing a large increase in engine
output by increasing the amount of air into the engine cylinders.

M-17 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

7. EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM


[1] GENERAL
In order to meet with the strict emission regulations, Kubota has adopted the EGR on the V2607-DI-T-E3B, V3007-
DI-T-E3B and V3307-DI-T-E3B. The nitrogen oxide (NOx) which is a hazardous component in exhaust gas is
generated by oxidation of nitrogen in the air, due to rise of the combustion temperature in cylinders. The EGR is a
system in which the exhaust gas with lean oxygen is cooled and returned to cylinders again in order to lower the
combustion temperature. As a result, NOx can be decreased.

[2] EXTERNAL MECHANICAL EGR

(1) Thermo Valve (4) Reed Valve (a) Cooled EGR Gas (f) Cooled EGR Gas Merges
(2) Mechanical EGR Valve (5) EGR Cooler (b) Coolant Temperature with Fresh Air
(3) Cylinder Head (6) Intake Manifold (c) Boost Pressure (g) Exhaust Gas
(d) To The Intake Manifold (h) Coolant Inlet
(e) Fresh Air (i) Coolant Outlet

External mechanical EGR consists of water cooled EGR cooler (5), mechanical EGR valve (2), reed valve (4) and
thermo valve (1).
When the coolant temperature (b) is getting higher, thermo valve (1) is open and the boost pressure of intake
manifold (6) gets to reach the diaphragm of mechanical EGR valve (2).
If the coolant temperature (b) is high, but the boost pressure is low, the EGR valve (2) does not open. If coolant
temperature (b) is high, boost pressure is also high, EGR valve (2) is open and cooled EGR gas (a) through the water
cooled EGR cooler (5) flows into the intake manifold (6). And the reed valve (4) between EGR valve (2) and intake
manifold (6) prevents the fresh air flowing into EGR system.

M-18 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(1) EGR Cooler


The EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) cooler (3) is
used to lower combustion temperature and efficiently
cool EGR gas, with the aim of reducing the NOx that is in
the exhaust gas of diesel engine.
The EGR cooler (3) is placed between the cylinder
head (2) and the mechanical EGR valve (4) and returns
the cooled exhaust gases to the engine suction side.
The EGR cooler (3) has resistant to clogging up,
compact and efficient tubes (5) internally.
(1) Flange A : Coolant Inlet Port
(2) Cylinder Head B : Coolant Outlet Port
(3) EGR Cooler
(4) Mechanical EGR Valve
(5) Tube
W1175338

(2) Thermo Valve


Thermo valve (1) controls boost pressure “ON / OFF”
for the EGR valve.
If the coolant temperature (2) is low, thermo valve (1)
is closed, so that boost pressure does not reach to the
EGR valve.
If the coolant temperature (2) is high, thermo valve (1)
is open, so that boost pressure reaches to the EGR
valve.
(1) Thermo Valve (a) Boost Pressure From Intake
(2) Coolant Temperature Manifold
(3) Boost Pressure Flow (b) Boost Pressure To EGR
Valve
(c) Open
(d) Close
W1175753

M-19 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(3) Mechanical EGR Valve


Mechanical EGR valve (2) controls the flow of cooled
EGR gas (c) to the intake manifold.
If the boost pressure (b) is low, EGR valve (2) is
closed, so cooled EGR gas (c) does not flow to the intake
manifold (e).
If the boost pressure (b) is getting higher, EGR valve
(2) is opening and cooled EGR gas (c) is flowing to the
intake manifold (e).
(1) Thermo Valve (a) Boost Pressure from Inlet
(2) Mechanical EGR Valve Manifold
(3) EGR Valve Lift (b) Boost Pressure from
(4) Boost Pressure Thermo Valve
(c) Cooled EGR Gas
(d) Coolant
(e) Cooled EGR Gas To The
Intake Manifold
(f) Close
(g) Open
W1176088

(4) Reed Valve


The reed valve (2) is provided at the confluence of
exhaust gas after passing the EGR valve (1), and intake
air. It operates by the pressure difference between inside
of the crankcase and the atmosphere, and prevents
back-flow of the mixture of exhaust gas and intake air
generated by the piston and valves. It is used as the
secondary air introduction device for the
countermeasure against exhaust gas of four-cycle
engines.
(1) Mechanical EGR Valve (5) Valve
(2) Reed Valve (6) Case
(3) Reed Valve Housing (7) Stopper
(4) Intake Manifold (8) Screw
W1176594

M-20 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERVICING

CONTENTS

1. TROUBLESHOOTING ......................................................................................S-1
2. SERVICING SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................S-5
3. TIGHTENING TORQUES ..............................................................................S-17
[1] TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR GENERAL USE SCREWS, BOLTS
AND NUTS...............................................................................................S-17
[2] TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR SPECIAL USE SCREWS, BOLTS
AND NUTS...............................................................................................S-18
4. CHECKING, DISASSEMBLING AND SERVICING......................................S-20
[1] CHECKING AND ADJUSTING ...............................................................S-20
(1) Engine Body........................................................................................S-20
(2) Lubricating System .............................................................................S-22
(3) Cooling System ...................................................................................S-22
(4) Fuel System ........................................................................................S-25
(5) Electrical System ................................................................................S-28
(6) Turbocharger ......................................................................................S-32
(7) EGR System .......................................................................................S-33
[2] DISASSEMBLING AND ASSEMBLING..................................................S-37
(1) Draining Oil and Coolant.....................................................................S-37
(2) External Components .........................................................................S-38
(3) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) ......................................................S-40
(4) Cylinder Head and Valves ..................................................................S-42
(5) Thermostat..........................................................................................S-48
(6) Injection Pump Unit.............................................................................S-49
(7) Water Pump and Oil Cooler ................................................................S-60
(8) Front Cover .........................................................................................S-61
(9) Flywheel and Timing Gears ................................................................S-62
(10)Piston and Connecting Rod ................................................................S-68
(11)Crankshaft and Crankcase .................................................................S-73
(12)Starter .................................................................................................S-75
(13)Alternator ............................................................................................S-75
[3] SERVICING ..............................................................................................S-78
(1) Cylinder Head and Valves ..................................................................S-78
(2) Timing Gears ......................................................................................S-86
(3) Piston and Connecting Rod ................................................................S-93
(4) Crankshaft...........................................................................................S-96
(5) Cylinder.............................................................................................S-102
(6) Oil Pump ...........................................................................................S-103
(7) Relief Valve.......................................................................................S-103
(8) Starter ...............................................................................................S-104
(9) Alternator ..........................................................................................S-106

KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

1. TROUBLESHOOTING
Reference
Symptom Probable Cause Solution
Page
Engine Does Not No fuel Replenish fuel G-11
Start Air in the fuel system Vent air G-11
Water in the fuel system Change fuel and –
repair or replace fuel
system
Fuel hose clogged Clean or replace G-11, 27
Fuel filter clogged Replace G-13, 15
Excessively high viscosity of fuel or engine oil at Use specified fuel or G-6, 9
low temperature engine oil
Fuel with low cetane number Use specified fuel G-6
Fuel leak due to loose injection pipe retaining nut Tighten retaining nut S-42
Incorrect injection timing Adjust S-25
Fuel camshaft worn Replace S-56
Injection nozzle clogged Repair or replace S-27, 43
Injection pump malfunctioning Repair or replace S-26, 58
Seizure of crankshaft, camshaft, piston, cylinder Repair or replace –
or bearing
Compression leak from cylinder Replace head S-42 to 47
gasket, tighten
cylinder head screw,
glow plug and nozzle
holder
Improper valve timing Correct or replace S-66, 67
timing gear
Piston ring and cylinder worn Replace S-70, 71,
72, 95, 102
Excessive valve clearance Adjust S-21
Stop solenoid malfunctioning Replace S-31
Starter Does Not Run Battery discharged Charge G-18, 19
Starter malfunctioning Repair or replace S-30, 75,
104
Key switch malfunctioning Replace –
Wiring disconnected Connect –
W1034445

S-1 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Reference
Symptom Probable Cause Solution
Page
Engine Revolution Is Fuel filter clogged or dirty Replace G-13, 15
Not Smooth Air cleaner clogged Clean or replace G-12, 24
Fuel leak due to loose injection pipe retaining nut Tighten retaining nut S-42
Injection pump malfunctioning Repair or replace S-26, 58
Incorrect nozzle opening pressure Repair or replace S-27, 43
Injection nozzle stuck or clogged Repair or replace S-27, 43
Governor malfunctioning Repair S-53, 54
Turbocharger bearing worn out Replace the S-32, 38
turbocharger
assembly
Turbocharger shaft bent Replace the S-32, 38
turbocharger
assembly
Turbocharger fin or other part damaged due to Replace the S-32, 38
foreign matters turbocharger
assembly
Either White or Blue Excessive engine oil Reduce to specified G-7, 9
Exhaust Gas Is level
Observed Piston ring and cylinder worn or stuck Repair or replace S-70, 71,
72, 95, 102
Incorrect injection timing Adjust S-25
Oil Leak into Exhaust Waste oil pipe clogged or deformed Repair or replace S-38
Pipe or Suction Pipe Turbocharger’s piston ring seal faulty Replace the S-38
turbocharger
assembly
Either Black or Dark Overload Reduce the load –
Gray Exhaust Gas Is Low grade fuel used Use specified fuel G-6
Observed
Fuel filter clogged Replace G-13, 15
Air cleaner clogged Clean or replace G-12, 24
Deficient nozzle injection Repair or replace S-27, 43
nozzle
W1036076

S-2 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Reference
Symptom Probable Cause Solution
Page
Deficient Output Incorrect injection timing Adjust S-25
Engine’s moving parts seem to be seizing Repair or replace –
Injection pump malfunctioning Repair or replace S-26, 58
Deficient nozzle injection Repair or replace S-27, 43
nozzle
Compression leak Check the S-20,
compression 42 to 47
pressure and repair
Gas leak from exhaust system Repair or replace S-32, 38
Air leak from compressor discharge side Repair or replace S-32, 38
Air cleaner dirty or clogged Clean or replace G-12, 24
Compressor wheel turning heavily Replace the S-32, 38
turbocharger
assembly
Excessive Lubricant Piston ring’s gap facing the same direction Shift ring gap S-70, 71,
Oil Consumption direction 72
Oil ring worn or stuck Replace S-70, 71,
72, 95
Piston ring groove worn Replace piston S-70, 71,
72, 95
Valve stem and valve guide worn Replace S-48, 80
Crankshaft bearing and crank pin bearing worn Replace S-69, 71,
72, 96 to 99
Oil leaking due to defective seals or packing Replace –
Fuel Mixed into Injection pump’s plunger worn Repair or replace S-26, 58
Lubricant Oil Deficient nozzle injection Repair or replace S-27, 43
nozzle
Injection pump broken Replace S-26, 58
Water Mixed into Head gasket defective Replace S-45, 46,
Lubricant Oil 47
Cylinder block or cylinder head flawed Replace S-79
Low Oil Pressure Engine oil insufficient Replenish G-7, 9
Oil strainer clogged Clean S-68
Relief valve stuck with dirt Clean S-61, 103
Relief valve spring weaken or broken Replace S-61, 103
Excessive oil clearance of crankshaft bearing Replace S-73, 99
Excessive oil clearance of crankpin bearing Replace S-69, 97,
98
Excessive oil clearance of rocker arm Replace S-44, 82
Oil passage clogged Clean –
Different type of oil Use specified type of G-6, 9
oil
Oil pump defective Replace S-22, 103
W1037777

S-3 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Reference
Symptom Probable Cause Solution
Page
High Oil Pressure Different type of oil Use specified type of G-6, 9
oil
Relief valve defective Replace S-61, 103
Engine Overheated Engine oil insufficient Replenish G-7, 9
Fan belt broken or elongated Replace or adjust G-12, 15
Coolant insufficient Replenish G-8, 15
Radiator net and radiator fin clogged with dust Clean –
Inside of radiator corroded Clean or replace G-15
Coolant flow route corroded Clean or replace G-15
Radiator cap defective Replace S-23
Overload running Reduce the load –
Head gasket defective Replace S-45, 46,
47
Incorrect injection timing Adjust S-25
Unsuitable fuel used Use specified fuel G-6
Battery Quickly Battery electrolyte insufficient Replenish distilled G-18, 19
Discharged water and charge
Fan belt slips Adjust belt tension or G-12, 15
replace
Wiring disconnected Connect –
Rectifier defective Replace S-31, 75
Alternator defective Replace S-31, 75
Battery defective Replace G-27, S-28,
29
W1168623

S-4 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

2. SERVICING SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE BODY
Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Compression Pressure [V2607-DI-T-E3B] 3.20 MPa / 2.20 MPa /
250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)
32.6 kgf/cm2 / 22.4 kgf/cm2 /
250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)
464 psi / 319 psi /
250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / 3.92 MPa / 2.90 MPa /


V3307-DI-T-E3B] 250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)
40.0 kgf/cm2 / 29.6 kgf/cm2 /
250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)
569 psi / 421 psi /
250 min−1 (rpm) 250 min−1 (rpm)
Variance Among Cylinders – 10 % or less
Valve Clearance (Cold) 0.13 to 0.17 mm –
0.0052 to 0.0068 in.
Top Clearance 0.60 to 0.80 mm –
0.024 to 0.031 in.
Cylinder Head Surface Flatness – 0.05 mm
0.002 in.
Valve Recessing (Intake and Exhaust) 0.65 to 0.85 mm 1.20 mm
0.026 to 0.033 in. 0.0472 in.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
Valve Stem to Valve Guide (Intake) Clearance 0.030 to 0.057 mm 0.10 mm
0.0012 to 0.0022 in. 0.0039 in.

Valve Stem O.D. 5.968 to 5.980 mm –


0.2350 to 0.2354 in.

Valve Guide I.D. 6.010 to 6.025 mm –


0.2367 to 0.2372 in.

Valve Stem to Valve Guide (Exhaust) Clearance 0.045 to 0.072 mm 0.10 mm


0.0018 to 0.0028 in. 0.0039 in.

Valve Stem O.D. 5.953 to 5.965 mm –


0.2344 to 0.2348 in.

Valve Guide I.D. 6.010 to 6.025 mm –


0.2367 to 0.2372 in.
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
Valve Stem to Valve Guide (Intake and Clearance 0.055 to 0.085 mm 0.10 mm
Exhaust) 0.0022 to 0.0033 in. 0.0039 in.

Valve Stem O.D. 6.960 to 6.975 mm –


0.2741 to 0.2746 in.

Valve Guide I.D. 7.030 to 7.045 mm –


0.2768 to 0.2773 in.
W1185533

S-5 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Valve Face (Intake and Exhaust) Angle 0.79 rad –
(45 °)
Valve Seat (Intake and Exhaust) Angle 0.79 rad –
(45 °)

Width 3.3 to 3.6 mm –


0.13 to 0.14 in.
Intake Valve Timing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Open 0.21 rad (12 °) –
before T.D.C.

Close 0.77 rad (44 °) –


after B.D.C.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Open 0.24 rad (14 °) –


before T.D.C.

Close 0.70 rad (40 °) –


after B.D.C.
Exhaust Valve Timing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Open 0.86 rad (49 °) –
before B.D.C.

Close 0.30 rad (17 °) –


after T.D.C.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Open 0.87 rad (50 °) –


before B.D.C.

Close 0.24 rad (14 °) –


after T.D.C.
Valve Spring (Intake and Exhaust)
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Tilt – 1.0 mm
0.039 in.

Free Length 35.4 to 35.9 mm 34.9 mm


1.40 to 1.41 in. 1.37 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Tilt – 1.0 mm


0.039 in.

Free Length 35.1 to 35.6 mm 34.6 mm


1.39 to 1.40 in. 1.36 in.
W1039573

S-6 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Valve Spring (Intake and Exhaust)
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Setting Load / 60.8 N / 29.7 mm 45.9 N /
Setting Length 6.20 kgf / 29.7 mm 29.7 mm
13.7 lbf / 1.17 in. 4.68 kgf / 29.7 mm
10.3 lbf /
1.17 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Setting Load / 63.5 N / 31.5 mm 45.9 N /


Setting Length 6.48 kgf / 31.5 mm 31.5 mm
14.3 lbf / 1.24 in. 4.68 kgf / 31.5 mm
10.3 lbf /
1.24 in.
Rocker Arm Shaft to Rocker Arm
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.016 to 0.045 mm 0.15 mm
0.00063 to 0.0017 in. 0.0059 in.

Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. 13.973 to 13.984 mm –


0.55012 to 0.55055 in.

Rocker Arm I.D. 14.000 to 14.018 mm –


0.55119 to 0.55188 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.016 to 0.045 mm 0.15 mm


0.00063 to 0.0017 in. 0.0059 in.

Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. 14.973 to 14.984 mm –


0.58949 to 0.58992 in.

Rocker Arm I.D. 15.000 to 15.018 mm –


0.59056 to 0.59125 in.
Valve Bridge Arm and Valve Bridge Shaft
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.018 to 0.057 mm 0.15 mm
0.00071 to 0.0022 in. 0.0059 in.

Valve Bridge Shaft O.D. 8.023 to 8.032 mm –


0.3159 to 0.3162 in.

Valve Bridge Arm I.D. 8.050 to 8.080 mm –


0.3170 to 0.3181 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.018 to 0.042 mm 0.15 mm


0.00071 to 0.0016 in. 0.0059 in.

Valve Bridge Shaft O.D. 9.023 to 9.032 mm –


0.3553 to 0.3555 in.

Valve Bridge Arm I.D. 9.050 to 9.065 mm –


0.3563 to 0.3568 in.
Push Rod Alignment – 0.25 mm
0.0098 in.
W1041245

S-7 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Tappet to Tappet Bore Oil Clearance 0.020 to 0.050 mm 0.07 mm
0.00079 to 0.0019 in. 0.003 in.

Tappet O.D. 9.965 to 9.980 mm –


0.3924 to 0.3929 in.

Tappet Bore I.D. 10.000 to 10.015 mm –


0.39370 to 0.39429 in.
Timing Gear
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
Crank Gear to Cam Gear Backlash 0.0400 to 0.137 mm 0.22 mm
0.00158 to 0.00539 in. 0.0087 in.

Cam Gear to Idle Gear Backlash 0.0460 to 0.136 mm 0.22 mm


0.00182 to 0.00535 in. 0.0087 in.

Idle Gear to Injection Pump Gear Backlash 0.0460 to 0.136 mm 0.22 mm


0.00182 to 0.00535 in. 0.0087 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
Crank Gear to Cam Gear Backlash 0.0410 to 0.139 mm 0.22 mm
0.00162 to 0.00547 in. 0.0087 in.

Cam Gear to Idle Gear Backlash 0.0410 to 0.134 mm 0.22 mm


0.00162 to 0.00527 in. 0.0087 in.

Idle Gear to Injection Pump Gear Backlash 0.0410 to 0.134 mm 0.22 mm


0.00162 to 0.00527 in. 0.0087 in.

Cam Gear to Balancer 1 Gear Backlash 0.0410 to 0.134 mm 0.22 mm


0.00162 to 0.00527 in. 0.0087 in.

Idle Gear to Balancer 2 Gear Backlash 0.0410 to 0.129 mm 0.22 mm


0.00162 to 0.00507 in. 0.0087 in.
Idle Gear
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Side Clearance 0.050 to 0.20 mm 0.90 mm
0.0020 to 0.0078 in. 0.035 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Side Clearance 0.15 to 0.25 mm 0.90 mm


0.0059 to 0.0098 in. 0.035 in.
W1190039

S-8 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Idle Gear Shaft to Idle Gear Bushing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.025 to 0.096 mm 0.10 mm
0.00099 to 0.0037 in. 0.0039 in.

Idle Gear Shaft O.D. 34.959 to 34.975 mm –


1.3764 to 1.3769 in.

Idle Gear Bushing I.D. 35.000 to 35.055 mm –


1.3780 to 1.3801 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.050 to 0.091 mm 0.10 mm


0.0020 to 0.0036 in. 0.0039 in.

Idle Gear Shaft O.D. 34.959 to 34.975 mm –


1.3764 to 1.3769 in.

Idle Gear Bushing I.D. 35.025 to 35.050 mm –


1.3790 to 1.3799 in.
Camshaft Side Clearance – 0.10 mm
0.0039 in.
Camshaft Alignment – 0.01 mm
0.0004 in.
Cam Height
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Intake 32.56 mm 32.10 mm
1.282 in. 1.264 in.

Exhaust 33.00 mm 32.50 mm


1.299 in. 1.280 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Intake 37.50 mm 37.00 mm


1.476 in. 1.457 in.

Exhaust 37.90 mm 37.40 mm


1.492 in. 1.472 in.
W1042752

S-9 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Camshaft
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.050 to 0.091 mm 0.15 mm
0.0020 to 0.0035 in. 0.0059 in.

Camshaft Journal 1 O.D. 34.934 to 34.950 mm –


1.3754 to 1.3759 in.

Cylinder Block Bore 1 I.D. 35.000 to 35.025 mm –


1.3780 to 1.3789 in.

Camshaft Journal 2 O.D. 41.934 to 41.950 mm –


1.6510 to 1.6515 in.

Cylinder Block Bore 2 I.D. 42.000 to 42.025 mm –


1.6536 to 1.6545 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.050 to 0.091 mm 0.15 mm


0.0020 to 0.0035 in. 0.0059 in.

Camshaft Journal 1 O.D. 34.934 to 34.950 mm –


1.3754 to 1.3759 in.

Cylinder Block Bore 1 I.D. 35.000 to 35.025 mm –


1.3780 to 1.3789 in.

Camshaft Journal 2 O.D. 43.934 to 43.950 mm –


1.7297 to 1.7303 in.

Cylinder Block Bore 2 I.D. 44.000 to 44.025 mm –


1.7323 to 1.7332 in.
Balancer Shaft
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
Balancer Shaft 1 Side Clearance 0.070 to 0.22 mm 0.30 mm
0.0028 to 0.0086 in. 0.012 in.

Balancer Shaft 2 Side Clearance 0.070 to 0.32 mm 0.34 mm


0.0028 to 0.012 in. 0.013 in.
Balancer Shaft 1, 2 Alignment – 0.02 mm
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] 0.0008 in.
Balancer Shaft 1 Journal
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.0600 to 0.146 mm 0.20 mm
0.00237 to 0.00574 in. 0.0079 in.

Balancer Shaft 1 Journal O.D. 48.934 to 48.950 mm –


1.9266 to 1.9271 in.

Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing I.D. 49.010 to 49.080 mm –


1.9296 to 1.9322 in.
W1359031

S-10 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Balancer Shaft 2 Journal
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.0500 to 0.136 mm 0.20 mm
0.00197 to 0.00535 in. 0.0079 in.
Balancer Shaft 2 Journal
O.D. 48.934 to 48.950 mm –
1.9266 to 1.9271 in.
Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing
I.D. 49.000 to 49.070 mm –
1.9292 to 1.9318 in.
Piston Pin Bore
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 26.000 to 26.013 mm 26.05 mm
1.0237 to 1.0241 in. 1.026 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 28.000 to 28.013 mm 28.05 mm


1.1024 to 1.1028 in. 1.104 in.
Piston Pin to Small End Bushing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.014 to 0.034 mm 0.15 mm
0.00056 to 0.0013 in. 0.0059 in.

Piston Pin O.D. 26.006 to 26.011 mm –


1.0239 to 1.0240 in.

Small End Bushing I.D. 26.025 to 26.040 mm –


1.0246 to 1.0252 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.020 to 0.040 mm 0.15 mm


0.00079 to 0.0015 in. 0.0059 in.

Piston Pin O.D. 28.006 to 28.011 mm –


1.1026 to 1.1027 in.

Small End Bushing I.D. 28.031 to 28.046 mm –


1.1036 to 1.1041 in.
Connecting Rod Alignment – 0.05 mm
0.002 in.
Piston Ring Gap
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Top Ring 0.20 to 0.35 mm 1.25 mm
0.0079 to 0.013 in. 0.0492 in.

Second Ring 0.30 to 0.45 mm 1.25 mm


0.012 to 0.017 in. 0.0492 in.

Oil Ring 0.25 to 0.45 mm 1.25 mm


0.0099 to 0.017 in. 0.0492 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Top Ring 0.25 to 0.40 mm 1.25 mm


0.0099 to 0.015 in. 0.0492 in.

Second Ring 0.30 to 0.45 mm 1.25 mm


0.012 to 0.017 in. 0.0492 in.

Oil Ring 0.25 to 0.45 mm 1.25 mm


0.0099 to 0.017 in. 0.0492 in.
W1044411

S-11 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ENGINE BODY (Continued)


Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Piston Ring to Piston Ring Groove
Top Ring Clearance 0.050 to 0.090 mm 0.15 mm
0.0020 to 0.0035 in. 0.0059 in.

Second Ring Clearance 0.090 to 0.12 mm 0.20 mm


0.0035 to 0.0047 in. 0.0079 in.

Oil Ring Clearance 0.020 to 0.060 mm 0.15 mm


0.00079 to 0.0023 in. 0.0059 in.
Crankshaft Side Clearance 0.15 to 0.35 mm 0.50 mm
0.0059 to 0.013 in. 0.020 in.
Crankshaft Alignment – 0.02 mm
0.0008 in.
Crank Pin to Crank Pin Bearing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.011 to 0.058 mm 0.20 mm
0.00044 to 0.0022 in. 0.0079 in.

Crank Pin O.D. 46.980 to 46.991 mm –


1.8496 to 1.8500 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.017 to 0.048 mm 0.20 mm


0.00067 to 0.0018 in. 0.0079 in.

Crank Pin O.D. 49.980 to 49.991 mm –


1.9678 to 1.9681 in.
Crankshaft Journal to Crankshaft Bearing
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.030 to 0.051 mm 0.20 mm
0.0012 to 0.0020 in. 0.0079 in.

Crankshaft Journal O.D. 72.977 to 72.990 mm –


2.8732 to 2.8736 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Oil Clearance 0.030 to 0.073 mm 0.20 mm


0.0012 to 0.0028 in. 0.0079 in.

Crankshaft Journal O.D. 79.977 to 79.990 mm –


3.1487 to 3.1492 in.
Cylinder Bore
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 87.000 to 87.022 mm 87.15 mm
3.4252 to 3.4260 in. 3.431 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 94.000 to 94.022 mm 94.15 mm


3.7008 to 3.7016 in. 3.707 in.
Cylinder Bore (Oversize)
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 87.250 to 87.272 mm 87.40 mm
3.4350 to 3.4359 in. 3.441 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] I.D. 94.500 to 94.522 mm 94.65 mm


3.7205 to 3.7213 in. 3.726 in.
W10138740

S-12 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

LUBRICATING SYSTEM
Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Engine Oil Pressure At Idle Speed – 49 kPa
0.50 kgf/cm2
7.1 psi

At Rated Speed 197 to 392 kPa 147 kPa


2.00 to 4.00 kgf/cm2 1.50 kgf/cm2
28.5 to 56.8 psi 21.3 psi
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Working Pressure 40 to 58 kPa –
0.40 to 0.60 kgf/cm2
5.7 to 8.5 psi
Inner Rotor to Outer Rotor Clearance 0.030 to 0.090 mm 0.30 mm
0.0012 to 0.0035 in. 0.012 in.
Outer Rotor to Pump Body Clearance 0.100 to 0.184 mm 0.30 mm
0.00394 to 0.00724 in. 0.012 in.
Rotor to Cover Clearance 0.025 to 0.075 mm 0.225 mm
0.00099 to 0.0029 in. 0.00886 in.
Relief Valve
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Spring Free 60.0 to 60.5 mm 55.0 mm
Length 2.37 to 2.38 in. 2.17 in.

Working Pressure 392 kPa –


4.00 kgf/cm2
56.9 psi

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Spring Free 60.0 to 60.5 mm 55.0 mm


Length 2.37 to 2.38 in 2.17 in.

Working Pressure 294 kPa –


3.00 kgf/cm2
42.7 psi
W10139730

S-13 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

COOLING SYSTEM
Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Fan Belt Tension 10.0 to 12.0 mm / 98 N –
0.394 to 0.472 in. / 98 N
(10 kgf, 22 lbf)
Radiator Cap Pressure Falling 10 seconds or more –
Time 88 → 59 kPa
0.90 → 0.60 kgf/cm2
13 → 8.5 psi
Radiator Water Leakage No leak at specified –
Test Pressure pressure
Thermostat
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Valve Opening 80 to 84 °C –
Temperature 176 to 183 °F

Valve Opening 95 °C –
Temperature 203 °F
(Opened
Completely)

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Valve Opening 74.5 to 78.5 °C –


Temperature 166.1 to 173.3 °F

Valve Opening 90 °C –
Temperature 194 °F
(Opened
Completely)
W10135990

S-14 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

FUEL SYSTEM
Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Injection Timing V2607-DI-T-E3B 0.0087 rad before T.D.C. –
to 0.017 rad after T.D.C.
(0.50 ° before T.D.C. to
1.0 ° after T.D.C.)

V3007-DI-T-E3B 0.00261 rad before –


T.D.C. to 0.0235 rad
after T.D.C.
(0.150 ° before T.D.C. to
1.35 ° after T.D.C.)

V3307-DI-T-E3B 0.00960 to 0.0357 rad –


after T.D.C.
(0.550 to 2.05 °
after T.D.C.)
Pump Element Fuel Tightness – 18.63 MPa
190.0 kgf/cm2
2702 psi
Delivery Valve Fuel Tightness 10 seconds 5 seconds
18.63 → 17.65 MPa 18.63 → 17.65 MPa
190.0 → 180.0 kgf/cm2 190.0 →
2702 → 2560 psi 180.0 kgf/cm2
2702 → 2560 psi
Fuel Injection Nozzle
[V2607-DI-T-E3B] Injection Pressure 18.64 to 20.10 MPa –
(1st stage) 190.0 to 205.0 kgf/cm2
2703 to 2915 psi

Injection Pressure 21.58 to 23.04 MPa –


(2nd stage) 220.0 to 235.0 kgf/cm2
3130 to 3342 psi

Valve Seat When the pressure is –


Tightness 16.67 MPa
(170.0 kgf/cm2, 2418
psi), the valve seat must
be fuel tightness.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B] Injection Pressure 18.64 to 19.61 MPa –


(1st stage) 190.0 to 200.0 kgf/cm2
2703 to 2844 psi

Injection Pressure 22.56 to 23.53 MPa –


(2nd stage) 230.0 to 240.0 kgf/cm2
3272 to 3413 psi

Valve Seat When the pressure is –


Tightness 16.67 MPa
(170.0 kgf/cm2, 2418
psi), the valve seat must
be fuel tightness.
W10139730

S-15 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Item Factory Specification Allowable Limit
Glow Plug Resistance Approx. 0.95 Ω –
Starter
Commutator O.D. 32.0 mm 31.4 mm
1.26 in. 1.24 in.

Mica Undercut 0.50 mm 0.20 mm


0.020 in. 0.0079 in.

Brush Length 18.0 mm 11.0 mm


0.709 in. 0.433 in.

Brush Holder - Holder Support Resistance Infinity –

Commutator - Armature Coil Core Resistance Infinity –

Commutator - Segment Resistance 0Ω –

Field Coil Lead - Brush Resistance 0Ω –

Field Coil Brush - Yoke Resistance Infinity –


Alternator
No-load Voltage Output Voltage 13.8 to 14.8 V at –
25 °C (77 °F),
4000 min-1 (rpm)

Stator Resistance Less than 1.0 Ω –

Rotor Resistance 2.8 to 3.3 Ω –

Slip Ring O.D. 22.7 mm 22.1 mm


0.894 in. 0.870 in.

Brush Length 18.5 mm 5.0 mm


0.728 in. 0.20 in.
W1173869

S-16 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

3. TIGHTENING TORQUES
Screws, bolts and nuts must be tightened to the specified torque using a torque wrench, several screws, bolts and
nuts such as those used on the cylinder head must be tightened in proper sequence and the proper torque.

[1] TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR GENERAL USE SCREWS, BOLTS AND


NUTS
When the tightening torques are not specified, tighten the screws, bolts and nuts according to the table below.
Grade Standard Screw and Bolt Special Screw and Bolt

Nominal Unit
Diameter N·m kgf·m lbf·ft N·m kgf·m lbf·ft

M6 7.9 to 9.3 0.80 to 0.95 5.8 to 6.8 9.81 to 11.2 1.00 to 1.15 7.24 to 8.31
M8 18 to 20 1.8 to 2.1 13 to 15 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
M10 40 to 45 4.0 to 4.6 29 to 33 49 to 55 5.0 to 5.7 37 to 41
M12 63 to 72 6.4 to 7.4 47 to 53 78 to 90 7.9 to 9.2 58 to 66
W10371750

Screw and bolt material grades are shown by numbers punched on the screw and bolt heads. Prior to
tightening, be sure to check out the numbers as shown below.
Punched number Screw and bolt material grade
None or 4 Standard screw and bolt SS41, S20C
7 Special screw and bolt S43C, S48C (Refined)
W1012705

S-17 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[2] TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR SPECIAL USE SCREWS, BOLTS AND


NUTS
Q NOTE
• For “*” marked screws, bolts and nuts on the table, apply engine oil to their threads and seats before
tightening.
• The letter “M” in Size x Pitch means that the screw, bolt or nut dimension stands for metric. The size is
the nominal outside diameter in mm of the threads. The pitch is the nominal distance in mm between two
threads.
Item Size x Pitch N·m kgf·m lbf·ft
Glow lead mounting nut M4 x 0.7 0.98 to 1.7 0.10 to 0.18 0.73 to 1.3
Glow plug M8 x 1.0 7.7 to 9.3 0.78 to 0.95 5.7 to 6.8
Cylinder head cover screw M6 x 1.0 9.81 to 11.2 1.00 to 1.15 7.24 to 8.31
Injection pipe retaining nut M12 x 1.5 23 to 36 2.3 to 3.7 17 to 26
Oil switch taper screw R 1/8 15 to 19 1.5 to 2.0 11 to 14
Injection pump unit mounting nut M8 x 1.25 18 to 20 1.8 to 2.1 13 to 15
Drain plug M22 x 1.5 45 to 53 4.5 to 5.5 33 to 39
Oil pipe 1 mounting screw M10 x 1.25 16 to 19 1.6 to 2.0 12 to 14
Thermo valve R 3/8 30 to 39 3.0 to 4.0 22 to 28
Nozzle holder clamp screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Overflow pipe assembly retaining screw M6 x 1.0 9.81 to 11.2 1.00 to 1.15 7.24 to 8.31
*Lubricating oil pipe mounting screw M10 x 1.25 16 to 19 1.6 to 2.0 12 to 14
Governor housing mounting screw M6 x 1.0 9.81 to 11.2 1.00 to 1.15 7.24 to 8.31
Lock nut M5 x 0.8 2.9 to 4.0 0.29 to 0.41 2.1 to 2.9
Injection pump assembly mounting screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Injection pump assembly mounting nut M8 x 1.25 18 to 20 1.8 to 2.1 13 to 15
Governor weight mounting nut M12 x 1.25 63 to 72 6.4 to 7.4 47 to 53
Fuel camshaft stopper mounting screw M6 x 1.0 9.81 to 11.2 1.00 to 1.15 7.24 to 8.31
Fuel camshaft bearing stopper mounting
M6 x 1.0 3.9 to 4.2 0.39 to 0.43 2.9 to 3.1
screw
*Crankshaft screw M16 x 1.5 255 to 274 26.0 to 28.0 188 to 202
Relief valve retaining screw M22 x 1.5 69 to 78 7.0 to 8.0 51 to 57
*Flywheel screw M12 x 1.25 98.1 to 107 10.0 to 11.0 72.4 to 79.5
Camshaft set screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Balancer shaft set screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Starter’s terminal B mounting nut M8 x 1.25 9.8 to 11 1.0 to 1.2 7.3 to 8.6
Alternator pulley nut M24 58.4 to 78.9 5.95 to 8.05 43.1 to 58.2
Oil pump cover screw M6 7.9 to 9.3 0.80 to 0.95 5.8 to 6.8
W1013236

S-18 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
Item Size x Pitch N·m kgf·m lbf·ft
Rocker arm bracket screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
*Cylinder head mounting screw M13 x 1.25 147 to 156 15.0 to 16.0 109 to 115
Injection pump gear mounting nut
M16 x 1.5 -LH 93.2 to 102 9.50 to 10.5 68.8 to 75.9
(left-handed screw)
Oil cooler joint screw M20 x 1.5 64 to 73 6.5 to 7.5 47 to 54
Front cover mounting screw M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Flywheel housing mounting screw M12 x 1.25 78 to 90 7.9 to 9.2 58 to 66
Idle gear mounting screw M10 x 1.25 49 to 55 5.0 to 5.7 37 to 41
*Connecting rod screw M8 x 1.0 45 to 49 4.5 to 5.0 33 to 36
*Crankcase 2 mounting screw M13 x 1.25 128 to 137 13.0 to 14.0 94.1 to 101
Crankcase 2 flange screw M10 x 1.25 49 to 55 5.0 to 5.7 37 to 41
W1330341

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
Item Size x Pitch N·m kgf·m lbf·ft
Rocker arm bracket screw M10 x 1.25 49 to 55 5.0 to 5.7 37 to 41
*Cylinder head mounting screw M14 x 1.5 187 to 196 19.0 to 20.0 138 to 144
Injection pump gear mounting nut
M16 x 1.5 -LH 138 to 158 14.0 to 16.0 102 to 115
(left-handed screw)
Oil cooler joint screw M20 x 1.5 40 to 44 4.0 to 4.5 29 to 32
Front cover mounting screw (7T) M8 x 1.25 24 to 27 2.4 to 2.8 18 to 20
Front cover mounting screw (10T) M8 x 1.25 30 to 34 3.0 to 3.5 22 to 25
Flywheel housing mounting screw (9T) M12 x 1.25 103 to 117 10.5 to 12.0 76.0 to 86.7
Idle gear mounting screw (10T) M8 x 1.25 30 to 34 3.0 to 3.5 22 to 25
*Connecting rod screw M9 x 1.0 69 to 73 7.0 to 7.5 51 to 54
*Crankcase 2 mounting screw M14 x 1.5 138 to 147 14.0 to 15.0 102 to 108
Crankcase 2 flange screw (9T) M10 x 1.25 59 to 63 6.0 to 6.7 44 to 47
W1335256

S-19 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

4. CHECKING, DISASSEMBLING AND SERVICING


[1] CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
(1) Engine Body
Compression Pressure
1. After warming up the engine, shut it down and remove the air
cleaner, the muffler, breather tube, glow lead and all glow plugs.
2. Install a compression tester (1) (Code No: 07909-30208) and
glow plug adaptor (2) (for V2607 or V3007 / V3307 diesel
engines) to glow plug hole. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at
“GENERAL” Section.)
3. After making sure that the stop lever is set at the stop position
(Non-injection), run the engine at 200 to 300 min−1 (rpm) with the
starter.
4. Read the maximum pressure. Measure the pressure more than
twice.
Q NOTE
• Check the compression pressure with the specified valve
clearance.
• Always use a fully charged battery for performing this test.
• Variances in cylinder compression values should be under
10 %.
3.20 MPa / 250 min-1 (rpm)
Factory
32.6 kgf/cm2 / 250 min-1 (rpm)
spec.
464 psi / 250 min-1 (rpm)
V2607-DI-T-E3B
2.20 MPa / 250 min-1 (rpm)
Allowable
22.4 kgf/cm2 / 250 min-1 (rpm)
limit
Compression 319 psi / 250 min-1 (rpm)
pressure 3.92 MPa / 250 min-1 (rpm)
Factory
40.0 kgf/cm2 / 250 min-1 (rpm)
spec.
V3007-DI-T-E3B 569 psi / 250 min-1 (rpm)
V3307-DI-T-E3B 2.90 MPa / 250 min-1 (rpm)
Allowable
29.6 kgf/cm2 / 250 min-1 (rpm)
limit
421 psi / 250 min-1 (rpm)

0.98 to 1.7 N·m


Glow lead mounting nut 0.10 to 0.18 kgf·m
0.73 to 1.3 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
7.7 to 9.3 N·m
Glow plug 0.78 to 0.95 kgf·m
5.7 to 6.8 lbf·ft

(1) Compression Tester (2) Glow Plug Adaptor


W1048776

S-20 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Valve Clearance
Q IMPORTANT
• Valve clearance must be checked and adjusted when engine
is cold.
1. Remove the high pressure pipes, glow lead, glow plugs and the
cylinder head cover.
2. Align the 1TC mark of flywheel and the convex of flywheel
housing timing windows so that the first piston (front cover side)
comes to the compression top dead center.
[Adjustable type of valve bridge arm]
(V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
3. Before adjusting the valve clearance, adjust the valve bridge arm
evenly to the valve stem.
4. Loosen the lock nut (2) of adjusting screw (1) and adjust with
screw.
5. Slightly push the rocker arm with your fingers and screw in the
adjusting screw (1) slowly until you feel the screw touch the top
of valve stem, then tighten the lock nut (2).
6. Loosen the lock nut (4) of adjusting screw (3) (push rod side) and
insert the feeler gauge between the rocker arm and the head of
valve bridge arm. Set the adjusting screw (3) to the specified
value, then tighten the lock nut.
[Adjustment unnecessary type of valve bridge arm]
(V2607-DI-T-E3B / V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
3. Loosen the lock nut (4) of adjusting screw (3) (push rod side) and
insert the feeler gauge between the rocker arm and the head of
valve bridge arm. Set the adjusting screw (3) to the specified
value, then tighten the lock nut.
0.13 to 0.17 mm
Valve clearance (A) Factory spec.
0.0052 to 0.0066 in.

Q NOTE
• After adjusting, tighten the lock nut (4) securely.
Valve arrangement
Adjustment cylinder IN. EX.
Location of piston
1st , ,

When No.1 piston is at 2nd ,


compression top dead center 3rd ,
4th
1st

When No.1 piston is at 2nd ,


overlap position 3rd ,
4th , ,

9.81 to 11.2 N·m


Cylinder head cover screw 1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
23 to 36 N·m
Injection pipe retaining nut 2.3 to 3.7 kgf·m
17 to 26 lbf·ft

(1) Adjusting Screw A : Valve Clearance


(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Screw
(4) Lock Nut
W1197781

S-21 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(2) Lubricating System


Engine Oil Pressure
1. Remove the oil switch and set a pressure tester (Code No.
07916-32032).
2. Start the engine. After warming up, measure the oil pressure of
both idling and rated speeds.
3. If the oil pressure is less than the allowable limit, check the
following.
• Engine oil insufficient
• Oil pump defective
• Oil strainer clogged
• Oil filter cartridge clogged
• Oil gallery clogged
• Excessive oil clearance
• Foreign matter in the relief valve
(When reassembling)
• After checking the engine oil pressure, tighten the engine oil
pressure switch to the specified torque.
49 kPa
At idle Allowable
0.50 kgf/cm2
speed limit
7.1 psi
197 to 392 kPa
Factory
Engine oil pressure 2.00 to 4.00 kgf/cm2
spec.
At rated 28.5 to 56.8 psi
speed 147 kPa
Allowable
1.50 kgf/cm2
limit
21.3 psi

15 to 19 N·m
Tightening torque Oil switch taper screw 1.5 to 2.0 kgf·m
11 to 14 lbf·ft

W10349520

(3) Cooling System


Fan Belt Tension
1. Measure the deflection (A), depressing the fan belt (2) halfway
between the fan drive pulley and alternator pulley at specified
force 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).
2. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications, loosen
the alternator mounting screws (1) and relocate the alternator to
adjust.
10.0 to 12.0 mm
Deflection (A) Factory spec.
0.394 to 0.472 in.

(1) Alternator Mounting Screw (A) Deflection


(2) Fan Belt
W1082347

S-22 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Fan Belt Damage and Wear


1. Check the fan belt for damage.
2. If the fan belt is damaged, replace it.
3. Check if the fan belt is worn and sunk in the pulley groove.
4. If the fan belt is nearly worn out and deeply sunk in the pulley
groove, replace it.
(A) Good (B) Bad
W1021108

CAUTION
• When removing the radiator cap, wait at least ten minutes after the engine has stopped and cooled down.
Otherwise, hot water may gush out, scalding nearby people.
Radiator Cap Air Leakage
1. Set a radiator tester (1) and an adaptor (2) on the radiator cap.
2. Apply the specified pressure of 88 kPa (0.90 kgf/cm2, 13 psi), and
measure the time for the pressure to fall to 59 kPa (0.60 kgf/cm2,
8.5 psi).
3. If the measurement is less than the factory specification, replace
the radiator cap.
More than 10 seconds
for pressure fall
Pressure falling time Factory spec. 88 → 59 kPa
(0.90 → 0.60 kgf/cm2,
13 → 8.5 psi)

(1) Radiator Tester (2) Adaptor


W1054156
Radiator Water Leakage
1. Pour a specified amount of water into the radiator.
2. Set a radiator tester (1) and an adaptor (2) and raise the water
pressure to the specified pressure.
3. Check the radiator for water leaks.
4. For water leak from the pinhole, replace the radiator or repair with
the radiator cement. When water leak is excessive, replace the
radiator.
Radiator water leakage No leak at specified
Factory spec.
test pressure pressure

Q NOTE
• The pressure of the leak test is different from each radiator
specification.
Thus, do the leak test, refer to the test pressure of each
radiator specification.
(1) Radiator Tester (2) Adaptor
W1016903

S-23 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Thermostat Valve Opening Temperature


1. Push down the thermostat valve and insert a string between the
valve and the valve seat.
2. Place the thermostat and a thermostat in a container with water
and gradually heat the water.
3. Hold the string to suspend the thermostat in the water. When the
water temperature rises, the thermostat valve will open, allowing
it to fall down from the string.
Read the temperature at this moment on the thermometer.
4. Continue heating the water and read the temperature when the
valve has risen by about 8 mm (0.3 in.).
5. If the measurement is not acceptable, replace the thermostat.
Factory 80 to 84 °C
Thermostat’s V2607-DI-T-E3B
spec. 176 to 183 °F
valve opening
temperature V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 74.5 to 78.5 °C
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 166.1 to 173.3 °F

Temperature at Factory 95 °C
V2607-DI-T-E3B
which thermostat spec. 203 °F
completely V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 90 °C
opens V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 194 °F

W1071639

S-24 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(4) Fuel System


Injection Timing
1. Make sure of matching the injection timing align mark (1) of the
injection pump unit and the flywheel housing, as shown in the
illustration.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Remove the stop solenoid.
4. Turn the flywheel counterclockwise (viewed from flywheel side)
until the fuel fills up to the hole of the delivery valve holder (3) for
No.1 cylinder.
5. After the fuel fills up to the hole of the delivery valve holder (3) for
No.1 cylinder, turn back (clockwise) the flywheel around 1.6 rad
(90 °).
6. Turn the flywheel counterclockwise to set at around 0.17 rad
(10 °) before T.D.C..
7. Slowly turn the flywheel counterclockwise and stop turning when
the fuel begins to come up, to get the present injection timing.
8. Check to see the degree on flywheel.
The flywheel has mark “1TC” for the crank angle before the top
dead center of No.1 piston.
9. If the injection timing is not within the specification, rotate the
injection pump unit to adjust the injection timing.
Q IMPORTANT
• When installing the injection pump unit to the engine body,
follow the correct procedure.
See the “Injection Pump Unit”.
(Injection timing)
Model Factory spec.
0.0087 rad before T.D.C. to 0.017 rad after T.D.C.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
(0.50 ° before T.D.C. to 1.0 ° after T.D.C.)
0.00261 rad before T.D.C. to 0.0235 rad after T.D.C.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
(0.150 ° before T.D.C. to 1.35 ° after T.D.C.)
0.00960 to 0.0357 rad after T.D.C.
V3307-DI-T-E3B
(0.550 to 2.05 ° after T.D.C.)

23 to 36 N·m
Injection pipe retaining nut 2.3 to 3.7 kgf·m
17 to 26 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump unit
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
mounting nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Timing Align Mark (a) Injection Timing Advanced


(2) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut (b) Injection Timing Retarded
(3) Delivery Valve Holder
W1089274

S-25 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Fuel Tightness of Pump Element


1. Remove the engine stop solenoid.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Install the injection pump pressure tester (1) to the injection
pump.
4. Install the injection nozzle (2) jetted with the proper injection
pressure to the injection pump pressure tester (1). (Refer to the
figure.)
5. Set the speed control lever to the maximum speed position.
6. Run the starter to increase the pressure.
7. If the pressure can not reach the allowable limit, replace the
pump with new one or repair with a Kubota-authorized pump
service shop.
18.63 MPa
Fuel tightness of pump
Allowable limit 190.0 kgf/cm2
element
2702 psi

Q NOTE
• Never try to disassemble the injection pump assembly. For
repairs, you are strongly requested to contact a Kubota-
authorized pump service shop.
(1) Injection Pump Pressure Tester (3) Protection Cover for Jetted Fuel
(2) Injection Nozzle
W1017430

Fuel Tightness of Delivery Valve


1. Remove the engine stop solenoid.
2. Remove the injection pipes.
3. Install a pressure tester to the fuel injection pump.
4. Install the injection nozzle (2) jetted with the proper injection
pressure to the injection pump pressure tester (1).
5. Run the starter to increase the pressure.
6. Stop the starter when the fuel jets from the injection nozzle (2).
After that, turn the flywheel by the hand and raise the pressure to
approx. 18.63 MPa (190.0 kgf/cm2, 2702 psi).
7. Now turn the flywheel back about half a turn (to keep the plunger
free). Maintain the flywheel at this position and clock the time
taken for the pressure to drop from 18.63 to 17.65 MPa (from
190.0 to 180.0 kgf/cm2, from 2702 to 2560 psi).
8. Measure the time needed to decrease the pressure from 18.63 to
17.65 MPa (from 190.0 to 180.0 kgf/cm2, from 2702 to 2560 psi).
9. If the measurement is less than allowable limit, replace the pump
with new one or repair with a Kubota-authorized pump service
shop.
10 seconds
18.63 → 17.65 MPa
Factory spec.
190.0 → 180.0 kgf/cm2
Fuel tightness of 2702 → 2560 psi
delivery valve 5 seconds
18.63 → 17.65 MPa
Allowable limit
190.0 → 180.0 kgf/cm2
2702 → 2560 psi

Q NOTE
• Never try to disassemble the injection pump assembly. For
repairs, you are strongly requested to contact a Kubota-
authorized pump service shop.
(1) Injection Pump Pressure Tester (3) Protection Cover for Jetted Fuel
(2) Injection Nozzle
W1017786

S-26 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

CAUTION
• Check the nozzle injection pressure and condition after confirming that there is nobody standing in the
direction the spray goes.
• If the spray from the nozzle directly contacts the human body, cells may be destroyed and blood poisoning
may be caused.
Nozzle Spraying Condition
1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester, and check the
nozzle spraying condition.
2. If the spraying condition is defective, replace the injection nozzle
assembly or repair at Kubota-authorized nozzle service shop.
(a) Good (b) Bad
W10371670

Checking Nozzle Injection Pressure


1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester.
2. Slowly move the tester handle to measure the pressure at which
fuel begins jetting out from the nozzle.
3. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications,
replace the injection nozzle assembly or repair at Kubota-
authorized nozzle service shop.
Q NOTE
• Injection nozzle gasket must be replaced when the injection
nozzle is removed for checking.
18.64 to 20.10 MPa
V2607-DI-T-E3B 190.0 to 205.0 kgf/cm2
Injection 2703 to 2915 psi
Factory
pressure
spec. 18.64 to 19.61 MPa
(1st stage) V3007-DI-T-E3B /
190.0 to 200.0 kgf/cm2
V3307-DI-T-E3B
2703 to 2844 psi
W1037280
Valve Seat Tightness
1. Attach the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester.
2. Raise the fuel pressure, and keep at 16.67 MPa (170.0 kgf/cm2,
2418 psi) for 10 seconds.
3. If any fuel leak is found, replace the injection nozzle assembly or
repair at Kubota-authorized nozzle service shop.
No fuel leak at
16.67 MPa
Valve seat tightness Factory spec.
170.0 kgf/cm2
2418 psi

W10374150

S-27 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(5) Electrical System

CAUTION
• To avoid accidental short circuit, be sure to attach the positive cable to the positive terminal before the
negative cable is attached to the negative terminal.
• Never remove the battery cap while the engine is running.
• Keep electrolyte away from eyes, hands and clothes. If you are spattered with it, wash it away completely
with water immediately.
• Keep open sparks and flames away from the battery at all times. Hydrogen gas mixed with oxygen
becomes very explosive.
Q IMPORTANT
• If the machine is to be operated for a short time without battery (using a slave battery for starting), use
additional current (lights) while engine is running and insulate terminal of battery. If this advice is
disregarded, damage to alternator and regulator may result.
Battery Voltage
1. Stop the engine.
2. Measure the voltage with a circuit tester between the battery
terminals.
3. If the battery voltage is less than the factory specification, check
the battery specific gravity and recharge the battery.
Battery voltage Factory spec. More than 12 V

(1) Positive Terminal (2) Negative Terminal


W10125620

S-28 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Battery Specific Gravity (for Refillable Battery’s only)


1. Check the specific gravity of the electrolyte in each cell with a
hydrometer.
2. When the electrolyte temperature differs from that at which the
hydrometer was calibrated, correct the specific gravity reading
following the formula mentioned in (Reference).
3. If the specific gravity is less than 1.215 (after it is corrected for
temperature), charge or replace the battery.
4. If the specific gravity differs between any two cells by more than
0.05, replace the battery.
Q NOTE
• Hold the hydrometer tube vertical without removing it from
the electrolyte.
• Do not suck too much electrolyte into the tube.
• Allow the float to move freely and hold the hydrometer at eye
level.
• The hydrometer reading must be taken at the highest
electrolyte level.
(Reference)
• Specific gravity slightly varies with temperature. To be exact, the
specific gravity decreases by 0.0007 with an increase of 1 °C
(0.0004 with an increase of 1 °F) in temperature, and increases
by 0.0007 with a decreases of 1 °C (0.0004 with a decrease of 1
°F).
Therefore, using 20 °C (68 °F) as a reference, the specific gravity
reading must be corrected by the following formula :
- Specific gravity at 20 °C = Measured value + 0.0007 ×
(electrolyte temperature : 20 °C)
- Specific gravity at 68 °F = Measured value + 0.0004 ×
(electrolyte temperature : 68 °F)
Specific Gravity State of Charge
1.260 Sp. Gr. 100 % Charged
1.230 Sp. Gr. 75 % Charged
1.200 Sp. Gr. 50 % Charged
1.170 Sp. Gr. 25 % Charged
1.140 Sp. Gr. Very Little Useful Capacity
1.110 Sp. Gr. Discharged
At an electrolyte temperature of 20 °C (68 °F)
(a) Good (c) Bad
(b) Bad
W1019017

S-29 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Motor Test

CAUTION
• Secure the starter to prevent it from jumping up and down
while testing the motor.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery.
2. Disconnect the battery positive cable from the battery.
3. Disconnect the leads from the starter B terminal.
4. Remove the starter from the engine.
5. Connect a jumper lead from the starter C terminal (1) to the
battery positive terminal (2).
6. Connect a jumper lead momentarily between the starter’s body
and the battery negative terminal (3).
7. If the motor does not run, starter is failure.
Repair or replace the starter.
Q NOTE
• B terminal : It is the terminal which connects the cable from
the battery to the starter.
• C terminal : It is the terminal which connects the cable from
the motor to the magnet switch.
(1) C Terminal (3) Negative Terminal
(2) Positive Terminal
W1019297
Magnetic Switch Test
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the battery.
2. Disconnect the battery positive cable from the battery.
3. Disconnect the leads from the starter B terminal.
4. Remove the starter from the engine.
5. Connect a jumper lead from the starter S terminal (1) to the
battery positive terminal (2).
6. Connect a jumper lead momentarily between the starter’s body
and the battery negative terminal (3).
7. If the pinion gear does not pop out, the magnetic switch is failure.
Repair or replace the starter.
Q NOTE
• B terminal : It is the terminal which connects the cable from
the battery to the starter.
• S terminal : It is the terminal which connects the cable from
the starter switch to the magnet switch.
(1) S Terminal (3) Negative Terminal
(2) Positive Terminal
0000010743E
Magnet Switch Continuity Test
1. Check the continuity across the C terminal (1) and the B terminal
(2) with a circuit tester, pushing in the plunger.
2. If not continuous or if a certain value is indicated, replace the
magnet switch.
(1) C Terminal (2) B Terminal
0000010771E

S-30 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Alternator on Unit Test


(Before testing)
• Before alternator on unit test, check the battery terminal
connections, circuit connection, fan belt tension, charging
indicator lamp, fuses on the circuit, and abnormal noise from the
alternator.
• Prepare full charged battery for the test.
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to touch the rotating engine parts while
engine is running.
Keep safety distance from the engine rotating parts.
1. Start the engine.
2. When the engine is operating measure the voltage between two
battery terminals. If the voltage is between 13.8 V and 14.8 V,
the alternator is operating normally.
3. If the results of alternator on unit test are not within the
specifications, disassemble the alternator and check the each
component part for finding out the failure. See the
“DISASSEMBLING AND ASSEMBLING” and “SERVICING” for
alternator.
Regulating voltage at no 13.8 to 14.8 V at
Factory spec.
load 25 °C (77 °F)
0000010745E

Glow Plug Continuity


1. Remove the glow plug (2).
2. Measure the resistance with a circuit tester between the glow
plug terminal and the glow plug housing.
3. If the factory specification is not indicated, glow plug (2) is faulty.
Q NOTE
• Adjust the direction of the ditch to the terminal side when
the seal (1) is installed in the glow plug (2).
Resistance Factory spec. Approx. 0.95 Ω

(1) Seal (2) Glow Plug


W1036945
Engine Stop Solenoid
1. Remove the engine stop solenoid from the engine.
2. Connect the jumper leads from the pulling coil P terminal to the
switch (3), and from switch (3) to the battery positive terminal.
3. Connect the jumper leads from the holding coil H terminal to the
switch (4), and from switch (4) to the battery positive terminal.
4. Connect the jumper leads from the engine stop solenoid body to
the battery negative terminal.
5. When switch (4) is turn on, the plunger pull into the solenoid body
and then turn off the switch (4), the plunger comes out.
6. Turn on the switch (3) then turn on the switch (4), the plunger pull
into the solenoid body and it keep in holding position after turn off
the switch (4).
7. If the plunger is not attracted, the engine stop solenoid is faulty.
Q IMPORTANT
• Never apply the current for pulling coil more than two
seconds when inspecting.
(1) Connector P : Terminal for Pulling Coil
(2) Battery H : Terminal for Holding Coil
(3) Switch for Holding Coil
(4) Switch for Pulling Coil
W1020600

S-31 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(6) Turbocharger
Turbine Side
1. Check the exhaust port (2) and inlet port (4) side of turbine
housing (3) to see if there is no exhaust gas leak.
2. If any gas leak is found, retighten the bolts and nuts or replace
the gasket (1) / (5) with new one.
(1) Gasket (4) Inlet Port
(2) Exhaust Port (5) Gasket
(3) Turbine Housing
W1076917

Compressor Side
1. Check the inlet hose (4) of the compressor cover (1) to see if
there is no air leak.
2. Check for loose connections or cracks in the suction side of the
intake hose (3).
3. If any air leak is found, change the clamp band (2) and / or intake
hoses (3).
(1) Compressor Cover (3) Intake Hose
(2) Clamp Band (4) Inlet Hose
W1077032

Radial Clearance
1. If the wheel contact to the housing, replace the turbocharger
assembly with new one.
W1077353

S-32 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(7) EGR System


Checking Function of EGR System (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)
1. Check the coolant temperature and monitor the coolant
temperature while checking 1) and 2).
2. If the coolant temperature is already 55 °C (131 °F), cool down
the engine.
3. Start the engine and go to check 1) immediately.
4. After completing checking 1), arrange the coolant temperature is
getting over 70 °C (158 °F).
5. If the coolant temperature is over 70 °C (158 °F), go to check 2).
(a) Measuring Place of EGR Valve
Surface Temperature
W1199201
1) If the coolant temperature is under 55 °C (131 °F), the surface temperature of EGR valve must be under
100 °C (212 °F).

S-33 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

2) If the coolant temperature is over 70 °C (158 °F), the surface temperature of EGR valve must be over 100 °C
(212 °F).

S-34 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Checking Function of EGR System (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-


DI-T-E3B)
1. Check the coolant temperature and monitor the coolant
temperature while checking 1) and 2).
2. If the coolant temperature is already 55 °C (131 °F), cool down
the engine.
3. Start the engine and go to check 1) immediately.
4. After completing checking 1), arrange the coolant temperature is
getting over 70 °C (158 °F).
5. If the coolant temperature is over 70 °C (158 °F), go to check 2).
(a) Measuring Place of EGR Valve
Surface Temperature
W1177055
1) If the coolant temperature is under 55 °C (131 °F), the surface temperature of EGR valve must be under
150 °C (302 °F).

S-35 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

2) If the coolant temperature is over 70 °C (158 °F), the surface temperature of EGR valve must be over 150 °C
(302 °F).

S-36 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[2] DISASSEMBLING AND ASSEMBLING


(1) Draining Oil and Coolant
Draining Engine Oil
1. Start and warm up the engine for approx. 5 minutes.
2. Place an oil pan underneath the engine.
3. Remove the drain plug (1) to drain oil.
4. After draining, screw in the drain plug (1).
(When refilling)
• Fill the engine oil up to the upper line on the dipstick (2).
Q IMPORTANT
• Never mix two different types of oil.
• Use the proper SAE Engine Oil according to ambient
temperature.
45 to 53 N·m
Tightening torque Drain plug 4.5 to 5.5 kgf·m
33 to 39 lbf·ft

(1) Drain Plug (a) Upper Line


(2) Dipstick (b) Lower Line
W1023464

Draining Coolant

CAUTION
• Never remove radiator cap while operating or immediately
after stopping. Otherwise, hot water will spout out from the
radiator. Wait for more than ten minutes to cool the radiator,
before opening the cap.
1. Open the radiator drain plug and remove the radiator cap.
2. Remove the radiator hose (1) from engine body.
[If air vent hose equipped]
3. Remove the air vent hose (3).
(When refilling)
• Adjust the mark (5) of the air vent hose (3) to upward side near
the EGR valve (6).
• Fix the air vent hose (3) to the cylinder head cover (2) by using
clamp belt (4).
Q NOTE
• Clamp the air vent hose (3) so as not to crush.
• Securely tighten clamp belts (4). If the clamp belt (4) is loose
or improperly fitted, coolant may leak out and the engine
could overheat.
(1) Radiator Hose (4) Clamp Belt
(2) Cylinder Head Cover (5) Mark
(3) Air Vent Hose (6) EGR Valve
W1023496

S-37 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(2) External Components


Air Cleaner, Muffler and Others
1. Remove the air cleaner and muffler.
2. Remove the fan (6), fan belt (5), cover (4), fuel filter cartridge (3),
fuel tubes (2), alternator (7) and starter (1).
(When reassembling)
• Check to see that there are no cracks on the belt surface.
• Mount the check valve with the ↓ mark toward the tank.
Q IMPORTANT
• After reassembling the fan belt (5), be sure to adjust the fan
belt tension.
• Do not confuse the direction of the fan (6). Attach the fan (6)
with its marking facing frontward (toward the radiator).
(1) Starter (5) Fan Belt
(2) Fuel Tube (6) Fan
(3) Fuel Filter Cartridge (7) Alternator
(4) Cover
W1049622

CAUTION
• While the engine is running and or just after it stops, the turbocharger is hot, be careful not to touch the
turbocharger.
Q NOTE
• When detaching and attaching the turbocharger assembly, be very careful not to allow dust, dirt and other
foreign matter in the oil pipes.
• When the turbocharger assembly has been replace, pour fresh engine oil through the oil filler port of the
turbocharger.
• Before starting the engine, make sure that air cleaner is in position.
Oil Pipe and Intake Hose
1. Remove the joint bolt (1), bolt (3) and clamp band (4).
2. Disconnect the oil pipe 1 (2) and oil pipe 2 (5).
3. Remove the intake hose (6) and breather hose (7).
(When reassembling)
• Pour fresh engine oil through the oil filler port of the turbocharger.
• Replace the gasket with new one.
• Be careful not to allow dust, dirt and other foreign matters in the
oil pipes (2) / (5).
Q NOTE
• Tape or plug all openings to prevent foreign matters from
damaging the oil cavities in the turbocharger.
(1) Joint Bolt (5) Oil Pipe 2
(2) Oil Pipe 1 (6) Intake Hose
(3) Bolt (7) Breather Hose
(4) Clamp Band
W1025983

S-38 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Turbocharger Assembly and Exhaust Manifold


1. Remove the cover (1) and exhaust manifold mounting screws (3).
2. Take off the turbocharger assembly (4) with exhaust manifold (2).
3. Remove the oil pipe 1 (6) and oil pipe 2 (9). (If necessary)
4. Remove the exhaust port (5) and exhaust manifold (2). (If
necessary)
(When reassembling)
• Replace the gasket (8) with new one.
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to damage the O-ring (10).
16 to 19 N·m
Tightening torque Oil pipe 1 mounting screw 1.6 to 2.0 kgf·m
12 to 14 lbf·ft

(1) Cover (6) Oil Pipe 1


(2) Exhaust Manifold (7) Oil Pipe Gasket
(3) Exhaust Manifold Mounting Screw (8) Gasket
(4) Turbocharger Assembly (9) Oil Pipe 2
(5) Exhaust Port (10) O-ring
W1078106

S-39 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(3) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)


EGR System Assembly
1. Disconnect the EGR valve coolat hoses (2) and the boost
pressure hose 1 (3).
2. Disconnect the boost pressure hose 2 (4). (If necessary)
3. Remove the EGR system assembly (5).
4. Remove the thermo valve (1). (If necessary)
Q NOTE
• If you drop the thermo valve (1), replace the thermo valve (1)
with new one.
(When reassembling)
• Securely connect the hoses.
• Replace the gasket 1(6) and 2 (7) with new one.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
• When replacing the gasket 2 (7), set the mark "F" (8) downward.
30 to 39 N·m
Tightening torque Thermo valve 3.0 to 4.0 kgf·m
22 to 28 lbf·ft

(1) Thermo Valve (a) Boost Pressure from Intake


(2) EGR Valve Coolat Hose Manifold
(3) Boost Pressure Hose 1 (b) Boost Pressure to EGR Valve
(4) Boost Pressure Hose 2
(5) EGR System Assembly
(6) Gasket 1
(7) Gasket 2
(8) Mark "F"
W1103494

S-40 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

EGR Cooler and Flange (If necessary)


1. Remove the EGR cooler flange (2).
2. Remove the EGR cooler (4).
(When reassembling)
• Replace the gaskets (1) / (3) / (5) with new ones.
(1) Gasket (4) EGR Cooler
(2) EGR Cooler Flange (5) Gasket
(3) Gasket (6) EGR Valve
W1118406

EGR Valve and Reed Valve (If necessary)


1. Remove the EGR valve (1) from the EGR valve flange (5).
2. Remove the reed valve (3) from the EGR valve (1).
(When reassembling)
• Replace the gaskets (2) / (4) / (6) with new ones.
(1) EGR Valve (4) Gasket
(2) Gasket (5) EGR Valve Flange
(3) Reed Valve (6) Gasket
W1119991

S-41 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(4) Cylinder Head and Valves


Cylinder Head Cover
1. Remove the glow lead (4) and the glow plugs (3).
2. Remove the injection pipes (1).
3. Remove the cylinder head cover (2).
(When reassembling)
• Check to see that the cylinder head cover gasket is not detective.
• Tighten the head cover mounting screws to specified torque.
• Check the position of the injection pipe clamps (5) to reduce the
vibration of the injection pipes (1). (See the figure.)
• Adjust the direction of the ditch to the terminal side when the seal
(6) is installed in the glow plug (3).
9.81 to 11.2 N·m
Cylinder head cover screw 1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft
23 to 36 N·m
Tightening torque Injection pipe retaining nut 2.3 to 3.7 kgf·m
17 to 26 lbf·ft
7.7 to 9.3 N·m
Glow plug 0.78 to 0.95 kgf·m
5.7 to 6.8 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Pipe A : V2607-DI-T-E3B


(2) Cylinder Head Cover B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
(3) Glow Plug
(4) Glow Lead
(5) Injection Pipe Clamp
(6) Seal
W1021753

S-42 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Nozzle Holder
1. Remove the overflow pipe (1).
2. Remove the nozzle holder clamps (2), nozzle holder assembly
(3) and nozzle gaskets.
(When reassembling)
• Be sure to place the nozzle gaskets and the O-rings (4).
24 to 27 N·m
Nozzle holder clamp screw 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
18 to 20 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
9.81 to 11.2 N·m
Overflow pipe assembly
1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
retaining screw
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft

(1) Overflow Pipe (3) Nozzle Holder Assembly


(2) Nozzle Holder Clamp (4) O-ring
W1049737

S-43 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Rocker Arm, Push Rod and Valve Bridge Arm


1. Remove the rocker arm (1) as a unit.
2. Remove the push rods (2).
3. Remove the valve bridge arm (3).
(When reassembling)
• When putting the push rods (2) onto the tappets, check to see if
their ends are properly engaged with the grooves.
• When installing the valve bridge arm (3), apply engine oil to the
valve bridge shaft sufficiently and check whether to move
smoothly.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
• When installing the valve bridge arm (3), apply engine oil to the
valve bridge shaft sufficiently and face the mark (4) to intake side
(A).
Q IMPORTANT
• After reassembling the rocker arm (1), be sure to adjust the
valve clearance. See the “Valve Clearance“.
24 to 27 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
Rocker arm 18 to 20 lbf·ft
Tightening
bracket
torque 49 to 55 N·m
screw V3007-DI-T-E3B
5.0 to 5.7 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
37 to 41 lbf·ft

(1) Rocker Arm A : Intake Side


(2) Push Rod
(3) Valve Bridge Arm
(4) Mark
W1050212
Injection Nozzle Oil Seal (If necessary)
1. Remove the injection nozzle oil seal (2) from cylinder head cover
(1).
(When reassembling)
• When installing the injection nozzle oil seal (2), use new one.
(1) Cylinder Head Cover (2) Injection Nozzle Oil Seal
W1054100

S-44 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Cylinder Head
1. Remove the cylinder head screw in the order of (10) to (1), and
remove the cylinder head.
2. Remove the cylinder head gasket.
(When reassembling)
• Replace the head gasket with a new one.
• When mounting the gasket, set it to the knock pin hole. Take
care not to mount it reversely.
• The cylinder head should be free of scratches and dust.
• Take care for handling the gasket not to damage it.
• Install the cylinder head.
• Tighten the cylinder head screw gradually in the order of (1) to
(10) after applying engine oil.
• Be sure to adjust the valve clearance. See the “Valve
Clearance”.
• It is not necessary to retighten the cylinder head screw after
running the engine for 30 minutes.
Q IMPORTANT
• When replacing a piston, piston pin bush, connecting rod or
crankpin bearing, select the cylinder head gasket thickness
to meet with the top clearance refer to the “Selecting
Cylinder Head Gasket”.
147 to 156 N·m
Cylinder V2607-DI-T-E3B 15.0 to 16.0 kgf·m
Tightening head 109 to 115 lbf·ft
torque mounting 187 to 196 N·m
screw V3007-DI-T-E3B
19.0 to 20.0 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
138 to 144 lbf·ft

(10) to (1) : To Loosen A : Front Cover Side


(1) to (10) : To Tighten B : Flywheel Housing Side
W1170923

S-45 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Selecting Cylinder Head Gasket (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


Q Replacing the Cylinder Head Gasket
1. Make sure to note the hole (a), (b) or (c) of cylinder head gasket
(1) in advance.
2. Replace the same hole (a), (b) or (c) as the original cylinder head
gasket (1).
Q Selecting the Cylinder Head Gasket
• Select the cylinder head gasket (1) thickness to meet with the top
clearance when replacing the piston, piston pin bush, connecting
rod or crankpin bearing.
1. Measure the piston head’s protrusion or recessing from the
crankcase cylinder face (4 spots per each piston and average of
four pistons) using the dial gauge as shown in figure.
2. Select the suitable cylinder head gasket (1) refer to the table
below.
Thickness of cylinder Piston Head’s
Hole of head gasket protrusion or recessing
Cylinder from the level of
Part Code
Head Before After crankcase cylinder
Gasket tightening tightening face.
(average of 4 pistons)
Without 1.10 mm 1.00 mm 0.250 to 0.350 mm
1J700-03310
hole (a) 0.0433 in. 0.0394 in. 0.00985 to 0.0137 in.
1.20 mm 1.10 mm 0.350 to 0.450 mm
1 hole (b) 1J700-03320
0.0472 in. 0.0433 in. 0.0138 to 0.0177 in.
1.30 mm 1.20 mm 0.450 to 0.550 mm
2 holes (c) 1J700-03330
0.0512 in. 0.0472 in. 0.0178 to 0.0216 in.

(1) Cylinder Head Gasket (a) Without Hole (0 Through Hole)


(2) Measuring Point (b) 1 Hole (1 Through Hole)
A: Hole of Cylinder Head Gasket (c) 2 Holes (2 Through Holes)
B: Flywheel Housing Side
C: Front Cover Side
W1214547

S-46 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Selecting Cylinder Head Gasket (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-


T-E3B)
Q Replacing the Cylinder Head Gasket
1. Make sure to note the notch (a), (b) or (c) of cylinder head gasket
(1) in advance.
2. Replace the same notch (a), (b) or (c) as the original cylinder
head gasket (1).
Q Selecting the Cylinder Head Gasket
• Select the cylinder head gasket (1) thickness to meet with the top
clearance when replacing the piston, piston pin bush, connecting
rod or crankpin bearing.
1. Measure the piston head’s protrusion or recessing from the
crankcase cylinder face (4 spots per each piston and average of
four pistons) using the dial gauge as shown in figure.
2. Select the suitable cylinder head gasket (1) refer to the table
below.
Thickness of cylinder Piston Head’s
Notch of head gasket protrusion or recessing
Cylinder from the level of
Part Code
Head Before After crankcase cylinder
Gasket tightening tightening face.
(average of 4 pistons)
2 notches 0.900 mm 0.800 mm 0.0775 to 0.150 mm
1G777-03310
(a) 0.0354 in. 0.0315 in. 0.00306 to 0.00590 in.
1.00 mm 0.900 mm 0.150 to 0.250 mm
1 notch (b) 1G777-03600
0.0394 in. 0.0354 in. 0.00591 to 0.00984 in.
Without 1.10 mm 1.00 mm 0.2500 to 0.3425 mm
1G777-03610
notch (c) 0.0433 in. 0.0394 in. 0.009843 to 0.01348 in.

(1) Cylinder Head Gasket (a) 2 Notches


(2) Measuring Point (b) 1 Notch
A: Notch of Cylinder Head Gasket (c) Without Notch
B: Flywheel Housing Side
C: Front Cover Side
W1022965

S-47 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Valve
1. Remove the valve spring collets (1) after compressing the valve
spring (3) with the valve spring retainer (2).
(When reassembling)
• Wash the valve stem and valve guide hole, and apply engine oil
sufficiently.
• After installing the valve spring collets (1), lightly tap the stem tip
to assure proper fit with a plastic hammer.
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B only]
• Install the valve spring (3) with its smaller pitch (8) end downward
(at the cylinder head side (B)).
(1) Valve Spring Collet (7) Large Pitch
(2) Valve Spring Retainer (8) Smaller Pitch
(3) Valve Spring
(4) Valve Stem Seal A : Valve Spring Retainer Side
(5) Valve Bridge Arm B : Cylinder Head Side
(6) Valve
W1053044

(5) Thermostat
Thermostat Assembly
1. Remove the thermostat cover mounting screws, and remove the
thermostat cover (1).
2. Remove the thermostat assembly (3).
(When reassembling)
• Attach the thermostat assembly (3) with its hole (4) facing toward
the front cover side.
(1) Thermostat Cover (3) Thermostat Assembly
(2) Thermostat Cover Gasket (4) Hole
W1072747

S-48 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(6) Injection Pump Unit


Injection Pump Unit (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)
(Removing the fuel injection pump unit)
1. Detach the window cover (2) for the fuel injection pump unit from
the flywheel housing.
2. Place the piston of the 4th cylinder at the top dead center in the
compression stroke. Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper.
Q IMPORTANT
• Look for the alignment mark (6) on the idle gear and the
injection pump gear. Using a white marking pen or the like,
put an alignment mark (6) on the engaged tooth of the both
gears. This helps to reassemble these gears in mesh later.
Q NOTE
• When the already existing alignment marks (6) align with
each other, there is no need to put another alignment mark
(6).
3. Unscrew the two plugs (3) of the injection pump unit.
4. Tighten the upper fuel camshaft lock screw (8) until it comes into
contact with the fuel camshaft. Make sure the camshaft does not
move any longer.
5. Tighten the lower fuel camshaft lock screw (8) until it comes into
contact with the fuel camshaft.
Q NOTE
• Never overtighten the lock screws when they have come into
contact with the camshaft. Otherwise the injection pump
itself may get damaged.
• Use of a socket set screw (dog point type) is recommended
for best results. Such screw can be constructed as shown
in figure (a).
6. Disconnect the lubricating oil pipe (4).
7. Using a white marking pen or the like, put an injection timing mark
(7) on the injection pump unit and on the crankcase 1.
8. Loosen the three injection pump unit mounting nuts (1).
9. Remove the injection pump unit support (5) and take out the
injection pump unit.
A M8 × Pitch 1.25
B 0.79 rad (45 °)
C 5.0 mm dia. (0.20 in. dia.)
D 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
E 45 mm (1.8 in.)
F 10 mm (0.39 in.) : Conspicuously Painted
G 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut (6) Alignment Mark


(2) Window Cover (7) Injection Timing Mark
(3) Plug (8) Fuel Camshaft Lock Screw
(4) Lubricating Oil Pipe (Socket Set Screw Dog Point Type)
(5) Injection Pump Unit Support
(To be continued)
W1218038

S-49 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(Continued)
(Reassembling the fuel injection pump unit)
1. Place the piston of the 4th cylinder at the top dead center in the
compression stroke. Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper.
2. Install the injection pump unit to the crankcase 1.
3. Make sure of aligning the alignment marks of the injection pump
gear (1) and the idle gear (2).
4. Take off the fuel camshaft lock screws (4) and tighten the plugs
(6) for plugging.
5. Moving the injection pump unit clockwise (viewed from front
cover side), align the injection timing marks (3) on the injection
pump unit and on the crankcase 1.
6. Tighten the injection pump unit mounting nut (5) to the specified
torque.
7. Reconnect the lubricating oil pipe (7) and place the injection
pump unit support (8) and the window cover of the injection pump
unit.
8. Remove the flywheel stopper.
9. Check the injection timing. (See the “Injection Timing”.)
10.If the injection timing is not within the specification, repeat “4.” to
“9.” again.
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump unit
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
mounting nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
16 to 19 N·m
Lubricating oil pipe
1.6 to 2.0 kgf·m
mounting screw
12 to 14 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Pump Gear (5) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut
(2) Idle Gear (6) Plug
(3) Injection Timing Mark (7) Lubricating Oil Pipe
(4) Fuel Camshaft Lock Screw (8) Injection Pump Unit Support
(Socket Set Screw Dog Point Type)
W1219383

S-50 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Injection Pump Unit (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


(Removing the fuel injection pump unit)
1. Detach the window cover (2) for the fuel injection pump unit from
the flywheel housing and remove the oil cap (3).
2. Place the piston of the 4th cylinder at the top dead center in the
compression stroke. Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper.
Q IMPORTANT
• Look for the alignment mark (7) on the idle gear and the
injection pump gear. Using a white marking pen or the like,
put an alignment mark (7) on the engaged tooth of the both
gears. This helps to reassemble these gears in mesh later.
Q NOTE
• When the already existing alignment marks (7) align with
each other, there is no need to put another alignment mark
(7).
3. Unscrew the two plugs (4) of the injection pump unit.
4. Tighten the upper fuel camshaft lock screw (9) until it comes into
contact with the fuel camshaft. Make sure the camshaft does not
move any longer.
5. Tighten the lower fuel camshaft lock screw (9) until it comes into
contact with the fuel camshaft.
Q NOTE
• Never overtighten the lock screws when they have come into
contact with the camshaft. Otherwise the injection pump
itself may get damaged.
• Use of a socket set screw (dog point type) in recommended
for best results. Such screw can be constructed as shown
in figure (a).
6. Disconnect the lubricating oil pipe (5).
7. Using a white marking pen or the like, put an injection timing mark
(8) on the injection pump unit and on the crankcase 1
8. Loosen the three injection pump unit mounting nuts (1).
9. Remove the injection pump unit support (6) and take out the
injection pump unit.
A M8 × Pitch 1.25
B 0.79 rad (45 °)
C 5.0 mm dia. (0.20 in. dia.)
D 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
E 45 mm (1.8 in.)
F 10 mm (0.39 in.) : Conspicuously Painted
G 5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

(1) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut (6) Injection Pump Unit Support
(2) Window Cover (7) Alignment Mark
(3) Oil Cap (8) Injection Timing Mark
(4) Plug (9) Fuel Camshaft Lock Screw
(5) Lubricating Oil Pipe (Socket Set Screw Dog Point Type)
(To be continued)
W1175054

S-51 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(Continued)
(Reassembling the fuel injection pump unit)
1. Place the piston of the 4th cylinder at the top dead center in the
compression stroke. Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper.
2. Install the injection pump unit to the crankcase 1.
3. Make sure of aligning the alignment marks of the injection pump
gear (1) and the idle gear (2).
4. Take off the fuel camshaft lock screws (4) and tighten the plugs
(6) for plugging.
5. Moving the injection pump unit clockwise (viewed from front
cover side), align the injection timing marks (3) on the injection
pump unit and on the crankcase 1.
6. Tighten the injection pump unit mounting nut (5) to the specified
torque.
7. Reconnect the lubricating oil pipe (7) and place the injection
pump unit support (8) and the window cover of the injection pump
unit.
8. Remove the flywheel stopper.
9. Check the injection timing. (See the “Injection Timing”.)
10.If the injection timing is not within the specification, repeat “4.” to
“9.” again.
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump unit
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
mounting nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
16 to 19 N·m
Lubricating oil pipe
1.6 to 2.0 kgf·m
mounting screw
12 to 14 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Pump Gear (5) Injection Pump Unit Mounting Nut
(2) Idle Gear (6) Plug
(3) Injection Timing Mark (7) Lubricating Oil Pipe
(4) Fuel Camshaft Lock Screw (8) Injection Pump Unit Support
(Socket Set Screw Dog Point Type)
W1176586

S-52 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Governor Housing Assembly


1. Remove the injection pump unit from the engine. (See the
“Injection Pump Unit”.)
2. Remove the lubricating oil pipe (3).
3. Remove the stop solenoid (2).
4. Detach the sight cover (1) from the injection pump unit.
5. Unhook the start spring (7) from the rack pin (6) of injection pump
assembly.
6. Remove the lock nut (5).
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to drop the nut inside.
7. Slide off the governor connecting rod (4) from the rack pin (6) of
injection pump assembly.
8. For convenient sake, temporarily hook the start spring (7) on the
rack pin (6) hole of the governor connecting rod (4).
9. Remove the governor housing mounting screws.
10.Detach the governor housing assembly (8) from the injection
pump unit.
(When reassembling)
• When reassembling the inside parts, put the oil on each inside
part slightly.
• After sliding on the governor connecting rod (4) to the rack pin
(6), tighten the nut with the specified torque with using the jig for
keeping the governor connecting rod (4) horizontal. (See the
“Replacing Injection Pump Assembly”.)
• After tightening the nut, hook the start spring (7) on the rack pin
(6).
• Check the movement of control rack of injection pump assembly
by the stop lever.
Q NOTE
• When installing the governor housing assembly (8) to the
injection pump unit, be careful not to damage O-ring (9).
• When linking the governor connecting rod (4) to the rack pin
(6) of injection pump, use the jig for keeping the governor
connecting rod (4) horizontal. Otherwise the control rack
may be stuck, and causes to be difficult to start the engine
or hunting of governor. (See the “Replacing Injection Pump
Assembly”.)
9.81 to 11.2 N·m
Governor housing
1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
mounting screw
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
2.9 to 4.0 N·m
Lock nut 0.29 to 0.41 kgf·m
2.1 to 2.9 lbf·ft

(1) Sight Cover (6) Rack Pin


(2) Stop Solenoid (7) Start Spring
(3) Lubricating Oil Pipe (8) Governor Housing Assembly
(4) Governor Connecting Rod (9) O-ring
(5) Lock Nut
W1137126

S-53 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Governor Fork Lever Assembly


1. Pull off the governor fork lever shaft (2) with the extra bolt (Dia. :
4.0 mm (0.16 in.), Pitch : 0.7 mm (0.03 in.), Length : more than
25 mm (0.98 in.)) (1).
2. Unhook the governor spring (3) at the governor fork lever (4)
side.
3. Remove the governor fork lever assembly from the governor
housing (5).
(When reassembling)
• After reassembling the governor housing assembly, check the
movement of the governor fork lever assembly, the speed control
lever and the stop lever.
Q NOTE
• When assembling the inside parts, put the oil on each inside
part slightly.
• Be careful not to deform the start spring.
(1) Extra Bolt (2) Governor Fork Lever Shaft
(Dia. : 4.0 mm (0.16 in.), (3) Governor Spring
Pitch : 0.7 mm (0.03 in.), (4) Governor Fork Lever
Length : more than 25 mm (0.98 in.)) (5) Governor Housing
W1139749

S-54 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Governor Lever
1. Remove the spring pin (3).
2. Remove the speed control lever (2) and the return spring (1).
3. Remove the governor lever assembly (4) from the governor
housing.
4. Remove the start spring (6).
(1) Return Spring (4) Governor Lever Assembly
(2) Speed Control Lever (5) O-ring
(3) Spring Pin (6) Start Spring
W1142375

Stop Lever
1. Remove the spring pin (3).
2. Remove the stop lever (2) and the return spring (1).
3. Remove the stop lever shaft (4).
(1) Return Spring (4) Stop Lever Shaft
(2) Stop Lever (5) O-ring
(3) Spring Pin
W1143531

S-55 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Fuel Camshaft and Governor Weight


1. Separate the governor housing assembly from the injection
pump unit. (See the “Injection Pump Unit”.)
2. Remove the governor sleeve (1).
3. Remove the injection pump assembly (4).
4. Remove the fuel camshaft lock screws.
5. Install the injection pump unit to the crankcase 1 again and
temporarily tighten unit.
6. Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper (6) and loosen the
injection pump gear mounting nut (5).
7. Remove the governor weight mounting nut (3) and the governor
weight (2).
8. Separate the injection pump unit from the crankcase 1.
Q NOTE
• Do not use the fuel camshaft lock screws, when removing
the governor weight mounting nut (3). Otherwise, the lock
screws or injection pump housing might get damage.
Q IMPORTANT
• This injection pump gear mounting nut (5) has left-handed
screw. To loose this nut, rotate clockwise (viewed from
flywheel side).
24 to 27 N·m
Injection pump assembly mounting
2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
screw
18 to 20 lbf·ft
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump assembly mounting
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft
93.2 to 102 N·m
V2607-DI-T-
Tightening 9.50 to 10.5 kgf·m
E3B
torque Injection pump gear 68.8 to 75.9 lbf·ft
mounting nut V3007-DI-T-
(left-handed screw) 138 to 156 N·m
E3B /
14.0 to 16.0 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-
102 to 115 lbf·ft
E3B
63 to 72 N·m
Governor weight mounting nut 6.4 to 7.4 kgf·m
47 to 53 lbf·ft

(1) Governor Sleeve A : To Tighten


(2) Governor Weight B : To Loosen
(3) Governor Weight Mounting Nut
(4) Injection Pump Assembly
(5) Injection Pump Gear Mounting Nut
(6) Flywheel Stopper
(To be continued)
W1144178

S-56 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(Continued)
1. Pull out the injection pump gear using gear puller (1). (Refer to
“5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
2. Loosen the fuel camshaft stopper mounting screws (2) and
remove the fuel camshaft stopper (3).
3. Pull out the fuel camshaft (8) and bearings (9) together.
4. Loosen the fuel camshaft bearing stopper mounting screws (5).
5. After removing the fuel camshaft bearing stopper (4), press out
the bearings (9).
Q NOTE
• Do not use the fuel camshaft lock bolts, when removing the
governor weight mounting nut. Otherwise, the lock bolts or
injection pump housing might get damage.
(When reassembling)
• Press the bearings (9) into the fuel camshaft.
• Confirm that the oil hole (7) set in position and attach the fuel
camshaft bearing stopper (4). Then tighten the fuel camshaft
bearing stopper mounting screws (5) with the specified torque.
• Install the fuel camshaft and bearings (9) to the injection pump
housing.
• Attach the fuel camshaft stopper (3) and tighten the fuel camshaft
stopper mounting screws (2) with the specified torque.
• Install the injection pump gear and mounting nut to the fuel
camshaft and temporarily tighten nut.
• Install the injection pump unit to the crankcase 1 and temporarily
tighten unit.
• Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stopper. Then tighten the
injection pump gear mounting nut and the governor weight
mounting nut with specified torque.
• Install the injection pump assembly to the injection pump
housing.
• Install the governor sleeve to the fuel camshaft.
• Check the movement of the governor sleeve.
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to damage the O-ring (10).
• Be careful the direction of the governor sleeve.
• When reassembling the inside parts, put the oil on each
inside part slightly.
9.81 to 11.2 N·m
Fuel camshaft stopper
1.00 to 1.15 kgf·m
mounting screw
7.24 to 8.31 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
3.9 to 4.2 N·m
Fuel camshaft bearing
0.39 to 0.43 kgf·m
stopper mounting screw
2.9 to 3.1 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Pump Gear Puller (6) Key Way of Fuel Camshaft
(2) Fuel Camshaft Stopper Mounting (7) Oil Hole
Screw (8) Fuel Camshaft
(3) Fuel Camshaft Stopper (9) Bearing
(4) Fuel Camshaft Bearing Stopper (10) O-ring
(5) Fuel Camshaft Bearing Stopper
Mounting Screw
W1029456

S-57 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Injection Pump Assembly (If necessary)


• The injection pump can be replaced with the crankshaft in
whatever position.
1. Disconnect all injection pipes (4).
2. Disconnect the fuel hose (2) and fuel overflow pipe (3).
3. Disconnect the connector from the stop solenoid (5). Then
remove the stop solenoid (5).
4. Detach the sight cover (1) from the injection pump unit.
5. Unhook the start spring (9), and remove the lock nut (7).
6. Slide off the governor connecting rod (6) from the rack pin (8) of
injection pump assembly (10).
7. Remove the injection pump mounting screws and nuts, and take
out the injection pump assembly (10).
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to drop the lock nut (7).
• Be careful not to deform the start spring (9).
• When taking out the injection pump assembly (10), be
careful not to hit it against the governor connecting rod (6).
(When reassembling)
• Install the new injection pump according to the installing
procedure.
(1) Sight Cover (6) Governor Connecting Rod
(2) Fuel Hose (7) Lock Nut
(3) Fuel Overflow Pipe (8) Rack Pin
(4) Injection Pipe (9) Start Spring
(5) Stop Solenoid (10) Injection Pump Assembly
W1182379

S-58 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Installing Procedure of Injection Pump Assembly


1. Install the fuel injection pump assembly (2) in its unit (1), and
tighten the mounting screws and nuts.
2. Hook the governor connecting rod (4) to the rack pin (5) of the
fuel injection pump assembly (2).
3. Tighten the mounting screws and nuts with the specified torque,
not to slide off the governor connecting rod (4) from the rack pin
(5).
4. Remove the top cover (3) and place the service jig (6) to the hole
of the fuel injection pump unit (1). (Refer to “5. SPECIAL
TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
5. Make sure the permanent magnet at the tip of the service jig (6)
is attracted to the governor connecting rod (4).
6. Slightly tighten the lock nut (7) of the governor connecting rod (4).
7. Holding down the service jig (6) by hand, tighten up the lock nut
(7) to the specified torque.
8. Hook the start spring (8) to the rack pin (5).
(1) Fuel Injection Pump Unit (8) Start Spring
(2) Fuel Injection Pump Assembly (9) Sliding Point between Governor Fork
(3) Top Cover Lever and Governor Connecting Rod
(4) Governor Connecting Rod
(5) Rack Pin A : 27.95 to 28.05 mm
(6) Service Jig (1.100 to 1.104 in.)
(7) Lock Nut
(To be continued)
W1069371

S-59 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(Continued)
1. Move the stop lever (1) and visually check to see if the fuel
injection pump control rack comes smoothly back to the start
position by the counter force of the start spring.
2. If the control rack fails to move back smoothly, remove the start
spring and the lock nut, take the above steps from 2 of the former
page again.
3. Finally fit the sight cover and the stop solenoid back into place.
2.9 to 4.0 N·m
Lock nut 0.29 to 0.41 kgf·m
2.1 to 2.9 lbf·ft
24 to 27 N·m
Injection pump assembly
Tightening torque 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
mounting screw
18 to 20 lbf·ft
18 to 20 N·m
Injection pump assembly
1.8 to 2.1 kgf·m
mounting nut
13 to 15 lbf·ft

(1) Stop Lever


W1069772
Fan Drive Pulley
1. Set the stopper (1) to the flywheel (2).
2. Remove the crankshaft screw (4).
3. Draw out the fan drive pulley (3).
(When reassembling)
• Tighten the crankshaft screw (4) to specified torque after
applying engine oil.
255 to 274 N·m
Tightening torque Crankshaft screw 26.0 to 28.0 kgf·m
188 to 202 lbf·ft

(1) Stopper (3) Fan Drive Pulley


(2) Flywheel (4) Crankshaft Screw
W1185033

(7) Water Pump and Oil Cooler


Water Pump (If necessary)
1. Remove the water pump (1).
(When reassembling)
• When mounting the water pump (1), use the new water pump
gasket.
(1) Water Pump
W1187742

S-60 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Cooler
1. Remove the water pipe (2).
2. Remove the oil filter cartridge (1) and the oil cooler joint screw
(3).
3. Remove the oil cooler (4).
64 to 73 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 6.5 to 7.5 kgf·m
Tightening Oil cooler 47 to 54 lbf·ft
torque joint screw 40 to 44 N·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B
4.0 to 4.5 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
29 to 32 lbf·ft

(1) Oil Filter Cartridge (3) Oil Cooler Joint Screw


(2) Water Pipe (4) Oil Cooler
W1032266

(8) Front Cover


Front Cover
1. Remove the front cover (1).
(When reassembling)
• Confirm that the front cover gasket (4) set in position.
• Confirm that the liquid gasket coating surface is free of water,
dust and oil in order to maintain sealing effect.
Q NOTE
• Assemble the adhesive-applied parts within ten minutes.
• Apply a liquid gasket (Three Bond 1217H or equivalent) (5)
to the seam between crankcase 1 (3) and crankcase 2 (2).
[7T screw]
24 to 27 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Front 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B
Tightening cover 18 to 20 lbf·ft
V3307-DI-T-E3B
torque mounting
screw [10T screw] 30 to 34 N·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B 3.0 to 3.5 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B 22 to 25 lbf·ft

(1) Front Cover (4) Front Cover Gasket


(2) Crankcase 2 (5) Liquid Gasket
(3) Crankcase 1
W1189218

Relief Valve
1. Remove the relief valve retaining screw (5).
2. Remove the relief valve (2), the spring (3) and the packing (4).
69 to 78 N·m
Relief valve retaining
Tightening torque 7.0 to 8.0 kgf·m
screw
51 to 57 lbf·ft

(1) Front Cover (4) Packing


(2) Relief Valve (5) Relief Valve Retaining Screw
(3) Spring
W1081251

S-61 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(9) Flywheel and Timing Gears


Side PTO (Option for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
1. Remove the PTO cover 2 (2) from the flywheel housing (1).
2. Remove the PTO cover 1 (3) with PTO gear assembly (5) from
the flywheel housing (1).
(When reassembling)
• Be sure to place the O-ring (4).
Q NOTE
• Be careful not to damage the O-ring (4).
(1) Flywheel Housing (5) PTO Gear Assembly
(2) PTO Cover 2 (6) Snap Ring 1
(3) PTO Cover 1 (7) Snap Ring 2
(4) O-ring
W1124264

S-62 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Flywheel
1. Install the stopper (1) to the flywheel (2) so that the flywheel (2)
does not turn.
Q NOTE
• Do not use an impact wrench. Serious damage will occur.
• There is one positioning pin in the crankshaft gear and it is
installed in the flywheel (2).
2. Detach the flywheel screws (3) and set the flywheel guide screws
(4).
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
3. Remove the flywheel (2).
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
3. Remove the flywheel (2) using jack-up screws (5).
(When reassembling)
• Apply engine oil to the flywheel screws (3).
• Before fitting the flywheel (2) and the crankshaft gear together,
wipe oil, dust and other foreign substances off their mating faces.
• The flywheel (2) and the crankshaft gear are fitting together in
just one position. Make sure they are tightly fit and drive the
screws.
98.1 to 107 N·m
Tightening torque Flywheel screw 10.0 to 11.0 kgf·m
72.4 to 79.5 lbf·ft

(1) Stopper (4) Flywheel Guide Screw


(2) Flywheel (5) Jack-up Screw
(3) Flywheel Screw
W1060354

S-63 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Flywheel Housing (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


1. Remove the outside flywheel housing mounting screws (1).
2. Remove the inside flywheel housing mounting screws (2).
3. Remove the flywheel housing (4).
(When reassembling)
• Apply engine oil to the flywheel housing oil seal (6).
• Set the flywheel guide screws (5) and the flywheel housing guide
jig (7) to the crankshaft gear (3). (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS”
at “GENERAL” section.)
• Apply a liquid gasket (Three Bond 1217H or equivalent) (10) to
the seam between crankcase 1 (8) and crankcase 2 (9), and set
gasket.
• Assemble the adhesive-applied parts within ten minutes.
• Confirm that the bearing 1 (11) and the bearing 2 (12) set in
position.
78 to 90 N·m
Flywheel housing
Tightening torque 7.9 to 9.2 kgf·m
mounting screw
58 to 66 lbf·ft

(1) Flywheel Housing Mounting Screw (6) Oil Seal


(Outside) (7) Jig
(2) Flywheel Housing Mounting Screw (8) Crankcase 1
(Inside) (9) Crankcase 2
(3) Crankshaft Gear (10) Liquid Gasket
(4) Flywheel Housing (11) Bearing 1
(5) Flywheel Guide Screw (12) Bearing 2
W1231029

S-64 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Flywheel Housing (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


1. Remove the outside flywheel housing mounting screws (2).
2. Remove the inside flywheel housing mounting screws (4).
3. Remove the flywheel housing (3).
(When reassembling)
• Apply engine oil to the flywheel housing oil seal (6).
• Set the flywheel guide screw (5) and the flywheel housing guide
jig (7) to the crankshaft gear (1). (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS”
at “GENERAL” section.)
• Apply a liquid gasket (Three Bond 1217H or equivalent) (10) to
the seam between crankcase 1 (8) and crankcase 2 (9).
• Assemble the adhesive-applied parts within ten minutes.
For Side PTO Model (Option)
• Install the inside roller bearing (12) of the camshaft (11) in the
outside roller bearing (13) of the flywheel housing (14).
103 to 117 N·m
Flywheel housing
Tightening torque 10.5 to 12.0 kgf·m
mounting screw
76.0 to 86.7 lbf·ft

(1) Crankshaft Gear (7) Jig


(2) Flywheel Housing Mounting Screw (8) Crankcase 1
(Outside) (9) Crankcase 2
(3) Flywheel Housing (10) Liquid Gasket
(4) Flywheel Housing Mounting Screw (11) Camshaft
(Inside) (12) Roller Bearing (Inside)
(5) Flywheel Guide Screw (13) Roller Bearing (Outside)
(6) Oil Seal (14) Flywheel Housing
W1034007

S-65 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Camshaft and Idle Gear (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


1. Rotate the cylinder head side of the engine crankcase to the
lower side.
2. Remove the camshaft set screws (6) and draw out the cam gear
(4).
3. Remove the idle gear mounting screws (5) and draw out the idle
gear (2).
Q NOTE
• If the cylinder head side of the engine crankcase does not
become lower side, the tappets drop and become the trouble
to the camshaft. The camshaft will not be able to be drawn
out.
(When reassembling)
• When installing the idle gear (2) and cam gear (4), be sure to
place the 4th cylinder piston at the top dead center in
compression then, align all mating marks on each gear to
assemble the timing gears, set the cam gear last.
• Mount the injection pump gear (1) after installing the flywheel
housing.
• Make sure the idle gear shaft (12) is clean.
• Apply oil to the idle gear shaft (12) and set the crankcase 1 (7).
• Set the idle gear (13) and the collar (10) with the oil groove (11)
facing crankcase 1 side.
24 to 27 N·m
Camshaft set screw 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
18 to 20 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
49 to 55 N·m
Idle gear mounting screw 5.0 to 5.7 kgf·m
37 to 41 lbf·ft

(1) Injection Pump Gear (8) Plug


(2) Idle Gear (9) Spring Pin
(3) Crank Gear (10) Collar
(4) Cam Gear (11) Oil Groove
(5) Idle Gear Mounting Screw (12) Idle Gear Shaft
(6) Camshaft Set Screw (13) Idle Gear
(7) Crankcase 1
W1294222

S-66 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Camshaft and Idle Gear (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


1. Rotate the cylinder head side of the engine crankcase to the
lower side.
2. Remove the camshaft set screws (7) and draw out the cam gear
(4).
3. Remove the idle gear mounting screws (8) and draw out the idle
gear (2).
Q NOTE
• If the cylinder head side of the engine crankcase does not
become lower side, the tappets drop and become the trouble
to the camshaft. The camshaft will not be able to be drawn
out.
(When reassembling)
• When installing the idle gear (2) and cam gear (4), be sure to
place the 4th cylinder piston at the top dead center in
compression then, align all mating marks on each gear to
assemble the timing gears, set the cam gear last.
• Mount the injection pump gear (6) after installing the flywheel
housing.
24 to 27 N·m
Camshaft set screw 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
18 to 20 lbf·ft
Tightening torque
30 to 34 N·m
Idle gear mounting screw 3.0 to 3.5 kgf·m
22 to 25 lbf·ft

(1) Balancer 2 Gear (Option) (5) Balancer 1 Gear (Option)


(2) Idle Gear (6) Injection Pump Gear
(3) Crank Gear (7) Camshaft Set Screw
(4) Cam Gear (8) Idle Gear Mounting Screw
W1189797

Balancer Shaft (Option for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)


1. Remove the balancer shaft 1 set screws (1) and draw out the
balancer shaft 1 (3).
2. Remove the balancer shaft 2 set screws (2) and draw out the
balancer shaft 2 (4).
(When reassembling)
• When installing the balancer shaft 1 (3) and 2 (4), be sure to
place the 4th cylinders piston at the top dead center in
compression then, align all mating marks on each gear to
assemble the timing gears, set the cam gear last.
24 to 27 N·m
Tightening torque Balancer shaft set screw 2.4 to 2.8 kgf·m
18 to 20 lbf·ft

(1) Balancer Shaft 1 Set Screw (3) Balancer Shaft 1


(2) Balancer Shaft 2 Set Screw (4) Balancer Shaft 2
W1191037

S-67 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(10) Piston and Connecting Rod


Oil Pan and Oil Strainer
1. Unscrew the oil pan mounting screws (1) and remove the oil pan
(2).
2. Unscrew the oil strainer mounting screws (4), and remove the oil
strainer (5).
(When reassembling)
• Install the oil strainer (5), using care not to damage the O-ring (3).
• Apply liquid gasket (Three Bond 1217H or equivalent) (6) to the
crankcase 2 (7) as shown in the figure.
• Confirm that the liquid gasket coating surface is free of water,
dust and oil in order to maintain sealing effect.
• Carefully apply the adhesive evenly.
Q NOTE
• When mounting the adhesive-applied parts, take care to fit
them to the mating parts.
• Assemble the adhesive-applied parts within ten minutes.
• To avoid uneven tightening, tighten mounting screws (1) in
diagonal order from the center.
• After cleaning the oil strainer (5), install it.
• Attach the oil pan (2) so that the drain plugs (8) will approach
the flywheel housing side (B).
(1) Oil Pan Mounting Screw (6) Liquid Gasket
(2) Oil Pan (7) Crankcase 2
(3) O-ring (8) Drain Plug
(4) Oil Strainer Mounting Screw A: Front Cover Side
(5) Oil Strainer B: Flywheel Housing Side
W1057949

Tappet
1. Remove the tappets (1) from the tappet bore (2) of the crankcase
1 (3) using magnetic tool.
(When reassembling)
• Before installing the tappets (1), apply engine oil thinly around
them.
Q NOTE
• Mark the cylinder number to the tappets (1) to prevent
interchanging.
(1) Tappet (3) Crankcase 1
(2) Tappet Bore
W1036026

S-68 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Connecting Rod Cap


1. Remove the connecting rod screws (1) from connecting rod cap.
2. Remove the connecting rod caps.
(When reassembling)
• Align the marks (a) with each other. (Face the marks toward the
injection pump.)
• Apply engine oil to the connecting rod screws (1) and lightly
screw it in by hand, then tighten it to the specified torque.
If the connecting rod screw (1) won’t be screwed in smoothly,
clean the threads.
If the connecting rod screw (1) is still hard to screw in, replace it.
• When using the existing crank pin metal again, put tally marks on
the crank pin metal and the connecting rod in order to keep their
positioning.
• Fit the crank pin metal in place : its centrally groove side toward
the connecting rod, and the non-grooved side toward the cap.
45 to 49 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 4.5 to 5.0 kgf·m
Tightening Connecting 33 to 36 lbf·ft
torque rod screw 69 to 73 N·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B
7.0 to 7.5 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
51 to 54 lbf·ft

(1) Connecting Rod Screw (a) Mark


A : V2607-DI-T-E3B
B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1058252

S-69 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Piston
1. Completely clean carbon in the cylinders.
2. Turn the flywheel and set a piston to the top dead center.
3. Pull out the piston upward by lightly tapping it from the bottom of
the crankcase with the grip of a hammer.
(When reassembling)
• Before inserting the piston into the cylinder, apply enough engine
oil to the cylinder.
• When inserting the piston into the cylinder, face the mark (4) on
the connecting rod to the injection pump.
Q IMPORTANT
• Do not change the combination of cylinder and piston.
Make sure of the position of each piston by marking. For
example, mark “1” on the No. 1 position.
• When inserting the piston into the cylinder, place the gap of
each piston ring like the figure.
• Carefully insert the pistons using a piston ring compressor
(1). Otherwise, their chrome-plated section of piston rings
may be scratched, causing trouble inside the liner.
• When inserting the piston in place, be careful not to get the
molybdenum disulfide coating (3) torn off its skirt. This
coating is useful in minimizing the clearance with the
cylinder liner. Just after the piston pin has been press-fitted,
in particular, the piston is still hot and the coating is easy to
peel off. Wait until the piston cools down.
(1) Piston Ring Compressor (A) Top Ring Gap
(2) Piston (B) Second Ring Gap
(3) Molybdenum Disulfide Coating (C) Oil Ring Gap
(4) Mark (D) Piston Pin Hole
(E) Injection Pump Side
(a) 2.09 rad (120 °)
(b) 0.79 rad (45 °) A : V2607-DI-T-E3B
B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1058433

S-70 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Piston Ring and Connecting Rod (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


1. Remove the piston rings using a piston ring tool.
2. Remove the piston pin (7), and separate the connecting rod (6)
from the piston (5).
(When reassembling)
• Make sure the combination of the crankpin bearing ID color and
the connecting rod mark.
Connecting rod mark Crankpin bearing ID color (Figure (C))
2 stamps (Figure (A)) Blue
1 stamp (Figure (B)) Without color
• When installing the ring, assemble the rings so that the
manufacture’s mark (12) near the gap faces the top of the piston
(5).
• When installing the oil ring (3) onto the piston (5), place the
expander joint (11) on the opposite side of the oil ring gap (10).
• Apply engine oil to the piston pin (7).
• When installing the piston pin (7), immerse the piston (5) in 80 °C
(176 °F) oil for 10 to 15 minutes and insert the piston pin (7) to
the piston (5).
• Assemble the piston (5) to the connecting rod (6) with the ↑ mark
(8) and the connecting rod numbering mark (9) facing same side.
• The end faces of the oil ring (3) are plated with hard chrome. In
putting the piston (5) into the cylinder, be careful not to get the oil
ring (3) scratched by the cylinder. Use the piston ring fitter to
tighten up the oil ring (3). If the ring’s planting is scratched, it may
get stuck on the cylinder wall, causing a serious trouble.
Q IMPORTANT
• Mark the same number on the connecting rod (6) and the
piston (5) so as not to change the combination.
(1) Top Ring (10) Oil Ring Gap
(2) Second Ring (11) Expander Joint
(3) Oil Ring (12) Manufacture’s Mark
(4) Piston Pin Snap Pin
(5) Piston (A) Connecting Rod Mark : 2 Stamps
(6) Connecting Rod (B) Connecting Rod Mark : 1 Stamp
(7) Piston Pin (C) Crankpin Bearing ID Color : Blue
(8) Mark (↑) or without Color
(9) Numbering Mark
W1234893

S-71 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Piston Ring and Connecting Rod (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-


DI-T-E3B)
1. Remove the piston rings using a piston ring tool.
2. Remove the piston pin (7), and separate the connecting rod (6)
from the piston (5).
(When reassembling)
• Be sure to fix the crankpin bearing I.D.color (B) and the
connecting rod I.D.color (A) are same colors.
• When installing the ring, assemble the rings so that the
manufacture’s mark (12) near the gap faces the top of the piston
(5).
• When installing the oil ring (3) onto the piston (5), place the
expander joint (11) on the opposite side of the oil ring gap (10).
• Apply engine oil to the piston pin (7).
• When installing the piston pin (7), immerse the piston (5) in 80 °C
(176 °F) oil for 10 to 15 minutes and insert the piston pin (7) to
the piston (5).
• Assemble the piston (5) to the connecting rod (6) with the ↑ mark
(8) and the connecting rod numbering mark (9) facing same side.
• The end faces of the oil ring (3) are plated with hard chrome. In
putting the piston (5) into the cylinder, be careful not to get the oil
ring (3) scratched by the cylinder. Use the piston ring fitter to
tighten up the oil ring (3). If the ring’s planting is scratched, it may
get stuck on the cylinder wall, causing a serious trouble.
Q IMPORTANT
• Mark the same number on the connecting rod (6) and the
piston (5) so as not to change the combination.
(1) Top Ring (10) Oil Ring Gap
(2) Second Ring (11) Expander Joint
(3) Oil Ring (12) Manufacture’s Mark
(4) Piston Pin Snap Pin
(5) Piston (A) Connecting Rod ID Color : Blue
(6) Connecting Rod or without Color
(7) Piston Pin (B) Crankpin Bearing ID Color : Blue
(8) Mark (↑) or without Color
(9) Numbering Mark
W1059589

S-72 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(11) Crankshaft and Crankcase


Crankshaft and Crankcase
1. Remove the crankcase 2 mounting screw and crankcase 2 flange
screw in the order of Z to A.
2. Remove the crankcase 2 (1) from the crankcase 1 (2).
3. Remove the crankshaft (3).
(1) Crankcase 2 (a) Front Cover Side
(2) Crankcase 1 (b) Flywheel Housing Side
(3) Crankshaft A to J :Crankcase 2 Mounting Screw
K to Z :Crankcase 2 Flange Screw
(To be continued)
W1037243

S-73 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(Continued)
(When reassembling)
• Make sure the crankcase 1 (4) and 2 (1) are clean.
• Reassemble the crankshaft bearing (3) into crankcase 1 (4) and
2 (1).
• Reassemble the thrust bearing (2), with the oil groove facing
outside, into both flywheel housing edge journal side of the
crankcase 1 (4) and 2 (1).
• Apply oil to the thrust bearing and set the crankshaft (6).
• Apply liquid gasket (Three Bond 1217H or equivalent) (5) to the
crankcase 1 as shown in the figure.
• Confirm that the liquid gasket coating surface is free of water,
dust and oil in order to maintain sealing effect.
• Carefully apply the adhesive evenly.
• Match the crankcase 1 (4) and 2 (1), referring to the flywheel
housing’s contoured face.
• Tighten the crankcase 2 mounting screws (A to J) and the
crankcase 2 flange screws (K to Z) loosely after applying engine
oil.
• Tighten up the jig (7) to the specified torque same as the flywheel
housing screw. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL”
section.) This helps to minimize the level difference between the
crankcase 1 (4) and the crankcase 2 (1) (at the flywheel side).
Possible gap must be 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) or smaller.
• Tighten the crankcase 2 mounting screw and the crankcase 2
flange screw in the order of A to Z. (Refer to previous page.)
Q NOTE
• When mounting the adhesive-applied parts, take care to fit
them to the mating parts.
• Assemble the adhesive-applied parts within ten minutes.
128 to 137 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 13.0 to 14.0 kgf·m
Crankcase 2 94.1 to 101 lbf·ft
mounting screw
(A to J) 138 to 147 N·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B
14.0 to 15.0 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
102 to 108 lbf·ft
49 to 55 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 5.0 to 5.7 kgf·m
Crankcase 2 37 to 41 lbf·ft
Tightening
flange screw
torque 59 to 63 N·m
(K to Z) V3007-DI-T-E3B
6.0 to 6.5 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
44 to 47 lbf·ft
78 to 90 N·m
V2607-DI-T-E3B 7.9 to 9.2 kgf·m
Flywheel 58 to 66 lbf·ft
housing
mounting screw 103 to 117 N·m
V3007-DI-T-E3B
10.5 to 12.0 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
76.0 to 86.7 lbf·ft

(1) Crankcase 2 A : V2607-DI-T-E3B


(2) Thrust Bearing B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
(3) Crankshaft Bearing
(4) Crankcase 1
(5) Liquid Gasket
(6) Crankshaft
(7) Jig
W1037643

S-74 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(12) Starter
Disassembling Motor
1. Disconnect the solenoid switch (3).
2. Remove the 2 through screws (9) and the 2 brush holder lock
screws. Take out the rear end frame (13) and the brush holder
(12).
3. Disconnect the armature (10) and the yoke (11). Remove also
the ball (7) from the tip of the armature (10).
4. Remove the set of packing (8), the 4 planetary gears (6) and
another packing.
5. Take out the shaft assembly. Take note of the position of the
lever.
Q IMPORTANT
• Before disconnecting the yoke (11), put tally marks on the
yoke (11) and the front bracket (2).
• Take note of the positions of the set of packing (8) and the
setup bolt.
• Apply grease to the gears, bearings, shaft’s sliding part and
ball (7).
Q NOTE
• Do not damage to the brush and commutator.
(When reassembling)
• Apply grease (DENSO CO. No.50 or equivalent) to the parts
indicated in the figure.
9.8 to 11 N·m
Starter’s terminal B
Tightening torque 1.0 to 1.2 kgf·m
mounting nut
7.3 to 8.6 lbf·ft

(1) Gear (8) Set of Packing


(2) Front Bracket (9) Through Screw
(3) Solenoid Switch (10) Armature
(4) Overrunning Clutch (11) Yoke
(5) Internal Gear (12) Brush Holder
(6) Planetary Gear (13) Rear End Frame
(7) Ball
W1074237

(13) Alternator
Front Bracket
1. Remove the 4 screws (3).
2. Separate the front bracket (1) and the rear bracket (2) from each
other.
Q IMPORTANT
• Put a tally line on the front bracket (1) and the rear bracket
(2) for reassembling them later.
(1) Front Bracket (3) Screw
(2) Rear Bracket
W1074745

S-75 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Pulley
1. Hold the rotor (base of the claw) in a vise. Loosen the lock nut
using a M24 box wrench.
58.4 to 78.9 N·m
Tightening torque Alternator pulley nut 5.95 to 8.05 kgf·m
43.1 to 58.2 lbf·ft
W1074849

Rotor
1. Remove the 4 screws and detach the bearing retainer.
2. Temporarily install the nut on the pulley screw, and detach the
rotor.
W1074920

Brush
1. When the rotor is detached, the 2 brushes are found to stretch
out of the shaft hole.
W1075045

S-76 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Reassembling the Brush


1. Fit the brush with its sliding face in the clockwise direction when
viewed from front.
Q IMPORTANT
• Be sure to keep the 2 brushes deep in the brush holder.
Otherwise the rotor and the rear section can not be fitted
into the position.
• Use a 4.0 mm (0.16 in.) hex. wrench to push the brushes into
place.
• Using a pin-pointed (2.0 mm (0.079 in.)) punch, keep the
brushes from popping out.
2. Match the tally line of the front section with that of the rear
section.
3. Tighten the 4 screws, and draw out the pin-pointed punch out of
the brush holder.
(1) Marking
W1075117

Bearing at Slip Ring Side


1. Lightly secure the rotor (1) with a vise to prevent damage, and
remove the bearing (2) with a puller (3).
(1) Rotor (3) Puller
(2) Bearing
W1019701

S-77 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

[3] SERVICING
(1) Cylinder Head and Valves
Top Clearance
1. Remove the cylinder head (remove the cylinder head gasket
completely).
2. Bring the piston to its top dead center, fasten fuse wires (Dia. :
1.5 mm (0.059 in.), long : 5.0 to 7.0 mm (0.20 to 0.28 in.)) (1) to
3 to 4 spots on the piston top with grease so as to avoid the intake
and exhaust valves and the combustion chamber ports.
3. Bring the piston to its middle position, install the cylinder head,
and tighten the cylinder head screws to specification. (Head
gasket must be changed to new one).
4. Turn the crank shaft until the piston exceeds its top dead center.
5. Remove the cylinder head, and measure squeezed fuse wires (1)
for thickness.
6. If the measurement is not within the specified value, check the oil
clearance of the crankpin journal and the piston pin.
0.60 to 0.80 mm
Top clearance Factory spec.
0.024 to 0.031 in.

147 to 156 N·m


Cylinder V2607-DI-T-E3B 15.0 to 16.0 kgf·m
Tightening head 109 to 115 lbf·ft
torque mounting 187 to 196 N·m
screw V3007-DI-T-E3B
19.0 to 20.0 kgf·m
V3307-DI-T-E3B
138 to 144 lbf·ft

(1) Fuse Wire


W1049122
Cylinder Head Surface Flatness
1. Clean the cylinder head surface.
2. Place a straightedge on the cylinder head’s four sides (A), (B),
(C) and (D) and two diagonal (E) and (F) as shown in the figure.
Measure the clearance with a feeler gauge.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, correct it with a
surface grinder.
Q IMPORTANT
• Be sure to check the valve recessing after correcting.
Cylinder head surface 0.05 mm
Allowable limit
flatness 0.002 in.
W1061323

S-78 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Cylinder Head Flaw


1. Prepare an air spray red check.
2. Clean the surface of the cylinder head with the detergent (2).
3. Spray the cylinder head surface with the red permeative liquid
(1). Leave it five to ten minutes after spraying.
4. Wash away the red permeative liquid on the cylinder head
surface with the detergent (2).
5. Spray the cylinder head surface with the white developer (3).
6. If flawed, it can be identified as red marks.
(1) Red Permeative Liquid (3) White Developer
(2) Detergent
W1076542
Valve Recessing
1. Clean the cylinder head, the valve face and seat.
2. Insert the valve into the valve guide.
3. Measure the valve recessing with a depth gauge.
4. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
valve.
If it still exceeds the allowable limit after replacing the valve,
replace the cylinder head.
(recessing)
Factory spec. 0.65 to 0.85 mm
Valve recessing 0.026 to 0.033 in.
(Intake and exhaust) (recessing)
Allowable limit 1.20 mm
0.0472 in.

(1) Cylinder Head Surface (A) Recessing


(B) Protrusion
W1061543

Valve Lapping
1. Apply compound evenly to the valve lapping surface.
2. Insert the valve into the valve guide. Lap the valve onto its seat
with a valve flapper or screwdriver.
3. After lapping the valve, wash the compound away and apply oil,
then repeat valve lapping with oil.
4. Apply prussian blue to the contact surface to check the seated
rate. If it is less than 70 %, repeat valve lapping again.
Q IMPORTANT
• When valve lapping is performed, be sure to check the valve
recessing and adjust the valve clearance after assembling
the valve.
(1) Correct (3) Incorrect
(2) Incorrect
W1061709

S-79 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Clearance between Valve Stem and Valve Guide


1. Remove carbon from the valve guide section.
2. Measure the valve stem O.D. with an outside micrometer.
3. Measure the valve guide I.D. of the cylinder head at the most
wear part as shown in the figure below with a small hole gauge.
And calculate the clearance.
4. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the valves.
If it still exceeds the allowable limit, replace the valve guide.
Factory 0.030 to 0.057 mm
spec. 0.0012 to 0.0022 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Clearance Allowable 0.10 mm
between valve limit 0.0039 in.
stem and guide
(Intake and Factory 0.055 to 0.085 mm
exhaust) V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.0022 to 0.0033 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.10 mm
limit 0.0039 in.

Factory 5.968 to 5.980 mm


Valve stem O.D. V2607-DI-T-E3B
spec. 0.2350 to 0.2354 in.
(Intake and
exhaust) V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 6.960 to 6.975 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.2741 to 0.2746 in.

Factory 6.010 to 6.025 mm


Valve guide I.D. V2607-DI-T-E3B
spec. 0.2367 to 0.2372 in.
(Intake and
exhaust) V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 7.030 to 7.045 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.2768 to 0.2773 in.
W1061883
Replacing Valve Guide
(When removing)
1. Using a valve guide replacing tool, press out the used valve
guide. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
(When installing)
1. Clean a new valve guide, and apply engine oil to it.
2. Using a valve guide replacing tool, press in a new valve guide
until it is flush with the cylinder head as shown in the figure.
3. Ream precisely the I.D. of the valve guide to the specified
dimension.
Factory 6.010 to 6.025 mm
Valve guide I.D. V2607-DI-T-E3B
spec. 0.2367 to 0.2372 in.
(Intake and
exhaust) V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 7.030 to 7.045 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.2768 to 0.2773 in.

Q IMPORTANT
• Do not hit the valve guide with a hammer, etc. during
replacement.
(A) When Removing (B) When Installing
W1062212

S-80 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Correcting Valve and Valve Seat


Q NOTE
• Before correcting the valve and seat, check the valve stem
and the I.D. of valve guide section, and repair them if
necessary.
• After correcting the valve seat, be sure to check the valve
recessing.
1) Correcting Valve
1. Correct the valve with a valve refacer.
Valve face angle 0.79 rad
Factory spec.
(Intake and exhaust) 45 °
2) Correcting Valve Seat
1. Slightly correct the seat surface with a 0.79 rad (45 °) valve seat
cutter.
2. Resurface the seat surface with a 0.26 rad (15 °) valve seat cutter
so that the width is close to specified valve seat width.
Valve seat width 3.3 to 3.6 mm
Factory spec.
(Intake and exhaust) 0.13 to 0.14 in.
3. After resurfacing the seat, inspect for even valve seating, apply a
thin film of compound between the valve face and valve seat, and
fit them with valve lapping tool.
4. Check the valve seating with prussian blue. The valve seating
surface should show good contact all the way around.
Valve seat angle 0.79 rad
Factory spec.
(Intake and exhaust) 45 °

(1) Valve Seat Width (A) Check Contact


(2) Identical Dimensions (B) Correct Seat Width
(C) Check Contact
(a) 0.26 rad (15 °)
(b) 0.79 rad (45 °)
(c) 0.52 rad (30 °)
W10283500
Free Length and Tilt of Valve Spring
1. Measure the free length (B) with vernier calipers. If the
measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace it.
2. Put the spring on a surface plate, place a square on the side of
the spring, and check to see if the entire side is contact with the
square. Rotate the spring and measure the maximum tilt (A). If
the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace.
3. Check the entire surface of the spring for scratches. Replace it,
if any.
1.0 mm
Tilt (A) Allowable limit
0.039 in.

Factory 35.4 to 35.9 mm


spec. 1.40 to 1.41 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Allowable 34.9 mm
limit 1.37 in.
Free length (B)
Factory 35.1 to 35.6 mm
V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.39 to 1.40 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 34.6 mm
limit 1.36 in.

(A) Tilt (B) Free length


W1063303

S-81 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Valve Spring Setting Load


1. Place the valve spring on a tester and compress it to the same
length it is actually compressed in the engine.
2. Read the compression load on the gauge.
3. If the measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace it.
60.8 N / 29.7 mm
Factory
6.20 kgf / 29.7 mm
spec.
13.7 lbf / 1.17 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
45.9 N / 29.7 mm
Allowable
4.68 kgf / 29.7 mm
limit
Setting load / 10.3 lbf / 1.17 in.
setting length 63.5 N / 31.5 mm
Factory
6.48 kgf / 31.5 mm
spec.
V3007-DI-T-E3B 14.3 lbf / 1.24 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B 45.9 N / 31.5 mm
Allowable
4.68 kgf / 31.5 mm
limit
10.3 lbf / 1.24 in.
W1063470
Oil Clearance between Rocker Arm Shaft and Bearing
1. Measure the rocker arm bearing I.D. with an inside micrometer.
2. Measure the rocker arm shaft O.D. with an outside micrometer,
and then calculate the oil clearance.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the rocker
arm and measure the oil clearance again. If it still exceeds the
allowable limit, replace also the rocker arm shaft.
0.016 to 0.045 mm
Factory spec.
Oil clearance of rocker 0.00063 to 0.0017 in.
arm shaft and bearing 0.15 mm
Allowable limit
0.0059 in.

Factory 13.973 to 13.984 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Rocker arm shaft spec. 0.55012 to 0.55055 in.
O.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 14.973 to 14.984 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.58949 to 0.58992 in.

Factory 14.000 to 14.018 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Rocker arm I.D. spec. 0.55119 to 0.55188 in.
for shaft V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 15.000 to 15.018 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.59056 to 0.59125 in.
W1063697

S-82 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Clearance between Valve Bridge Arm and Valve Bridge


Shaft
1. Measure the valve bridge arm (1) I.D. with an inside micrometer.
2. Measure the valve bridge shaft (2) O.D. with an outside
micrometer, and then calculate the oil clearance.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the valve
bridge arm (1) and measure the oil clearance again. If it still
exceeds the allowable limit, replace also the valve bridge shaft
(2).
Factory 0.018 to 0.057 mm
spec. 0.00071 to 0.0022 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Oil clearance Allowable 0.15 mm
between valve limit 0.0059 in.
bridge arm and Factory 0.018 to 0.042 mm
valve bridge shaft spec. 0.00071 to 0.0016 in.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.15 mm
limit 0.0059 in.

Factory 8.023 to 8.032 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Valve bridge spec. 0.3159 to 0.3162 in.
shaft O.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 9.023 to 9.032 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.3553 to 0.3555 in.

Factory 8.050 to 8.080 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Valve bridge arm spec. 0.3170 to 0.3181 in.
I.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 9.050 to 9.065 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.3563 to 0.3568 in.

(1) Valve Bridge Arm (2) Valve Bridge Shaft


W1042581

S-83 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Valve Bridge Shaft (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)(If


necessary)
1. Remove the used valve bridge shaft (1).
2. Clean the valve bridge shaft mounting hole.
3. Apply the liquid seal (Three Bond 1386B or equivalent) to the tip
of the valve bridge shaft when installing shaft at the position
shown in figure (a).
4. Using valve bridge shaft replacing tool (3), press in the new shaft.
(Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
(1) Valve Bridge Shaft A : Intake Side
(2) Coolant Passage B : Exhaust Side
(3) Valve Bridge Shaft Replacing Tool C : 31.30 to 31.70 mm (1.233 to 1.248
in.)
(a) Shaft Hole (Through To The
Coolant Passage)
(b) Shaft Hole (Not Through To The
Coolant Passage)
W1283273

S-84 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Valve Bridge Shaft (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-


E3B) (If necessary)
1. Remove the used valve bridge shaft (2).
2. Clean the valve bridge shaft mounting hole.
3. Using valve bridge shaft replacing tool (3), press in the new shaft.
(Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
(1) Valve Bridge Arm A : 31.1 to 31.7 mm (1.23 to 1.24 in.)
(2) Valve Bridge Shaft
(3) Valve Bridge Shaft Replacing Tool
W1042985

Push Rod Alignment


1. Place the push rod on V blocks.
2. Measure the push rod alignment.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the push
rod.
0.25 mm
Push rod alignment Allowable limit
0.0098 in.

(1) Push Rod


W10292900

Oil Clearance between Tappet and Tappet Bore


1. Measure the tappet O.D. with an outside micrometer.
2. Measure the I.D. of the tappet bore at the most wear part with a
small hole gauge.
3. If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit or the tappet is
damaged, replace the tappet.
0.020 to 0.050 mm
Factory spec.
OIl clearance between 0.00079 to 0.0019 in.
tappet and tappet bore 0.07 mm
Allowable limit
0.003 in.

9.965 to 9.980 mm
Tappet O.D. Factory spec.
0.3924 to 0.3929 in.
10.000 to 10.015 mm
Tappet bore I.D. Factory spec.
0.39370 to 0.39429 in.

(1) Tappet (2) Tappet Bore


W1043774

S-85 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(2) Timing Gears


Timing Gear Backlash (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)
1. Set a dial indicator (lever type) with its tip on the gear tooth.
2. Move the gear to measure the backlash, holding its mating gear.
3. If the backlash exceeds the allowable limit, check the oil
clearance of the shafts and the gear.
4. If the oil clearance is proper, replace the gear.
0.0400 to 0.137 mm
Factory spec.
Backlash between crank 0.00158 to 0.00539 in.
gear and cam gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

0.0460 to 0.136 mm
Factory spec.
Backlash between cam 0.00182 to 0.00535 in.
gear and idle gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

0.0460 to 0.136 mm
Backlash between idle Factory spec.
0.00182 to 0.00535 in.
gear and injection pump
gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

(1) Cam Gear (3) Injection Pump Gear


(2) Idle Gear (4) Crank Gear
W1249019
Timing Gear Backlash (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
1. Set a dial indicator (lever type) with its tip on the gear tooth.
2. Move the gear to measure the backlash, holding its mating gear.
3. If the backlash exceeds the allowable limit, check the oil
clearance of the shafts and the gear.
4. If the oil clearance is proper, replace the gear.
0.0410 to 0.139 mm
Factory spec.
Backlash between crank 0.00162 to 0.00547 in.
gear and cam gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

0.0410 to 0.134 mm
Factory spec.
Backlash between cam 0.00162 to 0.00527 in.
gear and idle gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

0.0410 to 0.134 mm
Backlash between idle Factory spec.
0.00162 to 0.00527 in.
gear and injection pump
gear 0.22 mm
Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

(for balancer model) 0.0410 to 0.134 mm


Factory spec.
Backlash between cam 0.00162 to 0.00527 in.
gear and balancer 1 0.22 mm
gear Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

(for balancer model) 0.0410 to 0.129 mm


Factory spec.
Backlash between idle 0.00162 to 0.00507 in.
gear and balancer 2 0.22 mm
gear Allowable limit
0.0087 in.

(1) Balancer 1 Gear (Option) (4) Injection Pump Gear


(2) Cam Gear (5) Balancer 2 Gear (Option)
(3) Idle Gear (6) Crank Gear
W1064048

S-86 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Idle Gear Side Clearance


1. Set a dial indicator with its tip on the idle gear (1).
2. Measure the side clearance by moving the idle gear (1) to the
front and rear.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the idle
gear collars.
Factory 0.050 to 0.20 mm
spec. 0.0020 to 0.0078 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Allowable 0.90 mm
Side clearance of limit 0.035 in.
idle gear Factory 0.15 to 0.25 mm
V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.0059 to 0.0098 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.90 mm
limit 0.035 in.

(1) Idle Gear (A) Side Clearance of Idle Gear


W1064208
Oil Clearance between Idle Gear Shaft and Idle Gear Bushing
1. Measure the idle gear shaft O.D. with an outside micrometer.
2. Measure the idle gear bushings I.D. with an inside micrometer,
and calculate the oil clearance.
3. If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
bushing.
Factory 0.025 to 0.096 mm
spec. 0.00099 to 0.0037 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Oil clearance Allowable 0.10 mm
between idle gear limit 0.0039 in.
shaft and idle Factory 0.050 to 0.091 mm
gear bushing spec. 0.0020 to 0.0035 in.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.10 mm
limit 0.0039 in.

Factory 34.959 to 34.975 mm


Idle gear shaft O.D.
spec. 1.3764 to 1.3769 in.

Factory 35.000 to 35.055 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Idle gear bushing spec. 1.3780 to 1.3801 in.
I.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 35.025 to 35.050 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.3790 to 1.3799 in.
W1064968

S-87 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Idle Gear Bushing


(When removing)
1. Using an idle gear bushing replacing tool, press out the used
bushing. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL”
section.)
(When installing)
1. Clean a new idle gear bushing and idle gear bore, and apply
engine oil to them.
2. Using an idle gear bushing replacing tool, press in a new bushing
(service parts) to the specified dimension. (See figure.)
(A) When Removing (B) When Installing
W10302410

Camshaft Side Clearance


1. Set a dial indicator with its tip on the camshaft.
2. Measure the side clearance by moving the cam gear (1) to the
front and rear.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
camshaft bearing.
Side clearance of 0.10 mm
Allowable limit
camshaft 0.0039 in.

(1) Cam Gear (A) Side Clearance of Camshaft


W1064307
Camshaft Alignment
1. Support the camshaft (1) with V block on the surface plate and
set a dial indicator with its tip on the intermediate journal at right
angle.
2. Rotate the camshaft (1) on the V blocks and get the misalignment
(half of the measurement value).
3. If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
camshaft (1).
0.01 mm
Camshaft alignment Allowable limit
0.0004 in.

(1) Camshaft
W1064422

S-88 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Cam Height
1. Measure the height of the cam (2) at its highest point with an
outside micrometer.
2. If the measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace the
camshaft (1).
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
Intake 32.56 mm
Factory valve 1.282 in.
spec. Exhaust 33.00 mm
Intake and exhaust cam valve 1.299 in.
height Intake 32.10 mm
Allowable valve 1.264 in.
limit Exhaust 32.50 mm
valve 1.280 in.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
Intake 37.50 mm
Factory valve 1.476 in.
spec. Exhaust 37.90 mm
Intake and exhaust cam valve 1.492 in.
height Intake 37.00 mm
Allowable valve 1.457 in.
limit Exhaust 37.40 mm
valve 1.472 in.

(1) Camshaft (2) Cam


W1064551
Oil Clearance between Camshaft Journal and Cylinder Block
Bore
1. Measure the camshaft journal O.D. with an outside micrometer.
2. Measure the cylinder block bore I.D. for camshaft with an inside
micrometer.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
camshaft.
0.050 to 0.091 mm
Oil clearance between Factory spec.
0.0020 to 0.0035 in.
camshaft journal and
cylinder block bore 0.15 mm
Allowable limit
0.0059 in.

34.934 to 34.950 mm
Camshaft journal 1 O.D. Factory spec.
1.3754 to 1.3759 in.

Cylinder block bore 1 35.000 to 35.025 mm


Factory spec.
I.D. 1.3780 to 1.3789 in.

Factory 41.934 to 41.950 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Camshaft journal spec. 1.6510 to 1.6515 in.
2 O.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 43.934 to 43.950 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.7297 to 1.7303 in.

Factory 42.000 to 42.025 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Cylinder block spec. 1.6536 to 1.6545 in.
bore 2 I.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 44.000 to 44.025 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.7323 to 1.7332 in.

(1) Camshaft Journal 1 (2) Camshaft Journal 2


W1064798

S-89 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Camshaft Cover (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-


E3B) (If necessary)
1. Remove the used camshaft cover and clean the hole.
2. Install the new camshaft cover (1) until bumping using camshaft
cover replacing tool. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at
“GENERAL” section.)
(1) Camshaft Cover
W1048526

Balancer Shaft Side Clearance (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-


T-E3B Balancer Model)
1. Set a dial indicator with tip on the balancer shaft.
2. Measure the side clearance by moving the balancer shaft to the
front and rear.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
balancer shaft.
0.070 to 0.22 mm
Factory spec.
Side clearance of 0.0028 to 0.0086 in.
balancer shaft 1 0.30 mm
Allowable limit
0.012 in.

0.070 to 0.32 mm
Factory spec.
Side clearance of 0.0028 to 0.012 in.
balancer shaft 2 0.34 mm
Allowable limit
0.013 in.

(A) Side Clearance of Balancer Shaft (B) Side Clearance of Balancer Shaft
2 1
W1065273
Balancer Shaft Alignment (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
Balancer Model)
1. Support the balancer shaft with V blocks on the surface plate and
set a dial indicator with its tip on the intermediate journal at high
angle.
2. Rotate the balancer shaft on the V block and get the
misalignment (half of the measurement value).
3. If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
balancer shaft.
Balancer shaft 1, 2 0.02 mm
Allowable limit
alignment 0.0008 in.

(1) Balancer Shaft 1 (2) Balancer Shaft 2


W1065448

S-90 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Clearance of Balancer Shaft Journal (for V3007-DI-T-E3B /


V3307-DI-T-E3B Balancer Model)
1. Measure the balancer shaft journal O.D. ((A) and (B)) with an
outside micrometer.
2. Measure the cylinder block bore I.D. ((C) and (D)) for balancer
shaft with an inside micrometer.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the balancer
shaft bearing. If it still exceeds the allowable limit, replace also
the balancer shaft.
0.0600 to 0.146 mm
Factory spec.
Oil clearance of 0.00237 to 0.00574 in.
balancer shaft 1 journal 0.20 mm
Allowable limit
0.0079 in.

Balancer shaft 1 journal 48.934 to 48.950 mm


Factory spec.
O.D. (A) 1.9266 to 1.9271 in.
Balancer shaft 1 bearing 49.010 to 49.080 mm
Factory spec.
I.D. (C) 1.9296 to 1.9322 in.

0.0500 to 0.136 mm
Factory spec.
Oil clearance of 0.00197 to 0.00535 in.
balancer shaft 2 journal 0.20 mm
Allowable limit
0.0079 in.

Balancer shaft 2 journal 48.934 to 48.950 mm


Factory spec.
O.D. (B) 1.9266 to 1.9271 in.
Balancer shaft 2 bearing 49.000 to 49.070 mm
Factory spec.
I.D. (D) 1.9292 to 1.9318 in.

(1) Balancer Shaft 1 (A) Balancer Shaft 1 Journal O.D.


(2) Balancer Shaft 2 (B) Balancer Shaft 2 Journal O.D.
(C) Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing I.D.
(D) Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing I.D.
W1065581

S-91 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Balancer Shaft Bearing (for V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-


DI-T-E3B Balancer Model)
1. Remove the used balancer shaft bearings (1), (2), (3) and (4).
2. Set the new bearing to the balancer shaft bearing replacing tools.
(Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.) Confirm
that the cut off position of the bearing (C) matched with the pin of
the replacing tool.
3. Install the new bearing from flywheel housing side keeping the
ditch (7) of the replacing tool horizontal.
(The installing order : bearing D (1) → bearing C (2) → bearing A
(4), B (3))
Q IMPORTANT
• Be sure to align the oil hole of bearing and crankcase.
Otherwise the balancer shaft may be seized and engine may
get damaged.
• Apply engine oil to the bearing surface.
(Reference)
Bearing Code No. Quantity
Bearing A 1G772-26960 1
Bearing B 1G772-26970 1
Bearing C 1G772-26980 2
Bearing D 1G772-26990 2

(1) Bearing D A: Front Cover Side


(for Balancer Shaft 1 and 2) B: Flywheel Housing Side
(2) Bearing C C: Cut Off Position of Bearing
(for Balancer Shaft 1 and 2) D: Oil Hole Position of Bearing
(3) Bearing B (for Balancer Shaft 2) (a) 0.035 rad (2.0 °)
(4) Bearing A (for Balancer Shaft 1) (b) 0.44 rad (25 °)
(5) Balancer Shaft 1 Bearing Replacing (c) 0.72 rad (41 °)
Tool (3 kinds of tools available) (d) 1.6 rad (90 °)
(6) Balancer Shaft 2 Bearing Replacing (e) 0.393 rad (22.5 °)
Tool (3 kinds of tools available) (f) 1.6 rad (90 °)
(7) Ditch
W1010756

S-92 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(3) Piston and Connecting Rod


Piston Pin Bore I.D.
1. Measure the piston pin bore I.D. in both the horizontal and
vertical directions with a cylinder gauge.
2. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
piston.
Factory 26.000 to 26.013 mm
spec. 1.0237 to 1.0241 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Allowable 26.05 mm
Piston pin bore limit 1.026 in.
I.D. Factory 28.000 to 28.013 mm
V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.1024 to 1.1028 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 28.05 mm
limit 1.104 in.
W1065759
Oil Clearance between Piston Pin and Small End Bushing
1. Measure the O.D. of the piston pin where it contacts the bushing
with an outside micrometer.
2. Measure the I.D. of the piston pin bushing at the connecting rod
small end with a cylinder gauge. Calculate the oil clearance.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the bushing.
If it still exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston pin.
Factory 0.014 to 0.034 mm
spec. 0.00056 to 0.0013 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Oil clearance Allowable 0.15 mm
between piston limit 0.0059 in.
pin and small end Factory 0.020 to 0.040 mm
bushing spec. 0.00079 to 0.0015 in.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.15 mm
limit 0.0059 in.

Factory 26.006 to 26.011 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
spec. 1.0239 to 1.0240 in.
Piston pin O.D.
V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 28.006 to 28.011 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.1026 to 1.1027 in.

Factory 26.025 to 26.040 mm


V2607-DI-T-E3B
Small end spec. 1.0246 to 1.0252 in.
bushing I.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 28.031 to 28.046 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 1.1036 to 1.1041 in.
W1065897

S-93 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Small End Bushing (for V2607-DI-T-E3B)


(When removing)
1. Press out the used bushing.
(When installing)
1. Clean a new small end bushing and bore, and apply engine oil to
them.
2. Set the guide (4) to the bore of the connecting rod (2).
3. Insert a new first bushing (3) onto the small end bushing
replacing tool. (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL“
section.)
4. Press-fit it with a press so that the seam (6) of bushing position
as shown in the figure.
5. Turn the connecting rod inside out, and press-fit the second
bushing similarly.
(1) Small End Bushing Replacing Tool (A) When Installing First Bushing
(2) Connecting Rod (B) When Installing Second Bushing
(3) First Bushing (C) 0.26 rad (15 °)
(4) Guide
(5) Second Bushing
(6) Seam
(7) Oil Hole
(8) Mark
W1066057

Connecting Rod Alignment


Q NOTE
• Since the I.D. of the connecting rod small end bushing is the
basis of this check, check the bushing for wear beforehand.
1. Remove the piston pin from the piston.
2. Install the piston pin in the connecting rod.
3. Install the connecting rod on the connecting rod alignment tool.
4. Put a gauge over the piston pin, and move it against the face
plate.
5. If the gauge does not fit squarely against the face plate, measure
the space between the pin of the gauge and the face plate.
6. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
connecting rod.
Connecting rod 0.05 mm
Allowable limit
alignment 0.002 in.
W1066581

S-94 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Piston Ring Gap


1. Insert the piston ring into the lower part of the liner (the least worn
part) with the piston.
2. Measure the ring gap with a feeler gauge.
3. If the gap exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston ring.
Factory 0.20 to 0.35 mm
spec. 0.0079 to 0.013 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Allowable 1.25 mm
limit 0.0492 in.
Top ring
Factory 0.25 to 0.40 mm
V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 0.0099 to 0.015 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 1.25 mm
limit 0.0492 in.

0.30 to 0.45 mm
Factory spec.
0.012 to 0.017 in.
Second ring
1.25 mm
Allowable limit
0.0492 in.

0.25 to 0.45 mm
Factory spec.
0.0099 to 0.017 in.
Oil ring
1.25 mm
Allowable limit
0.0492 in.
W1066430
Clearance between Piston Ring and Groove
1. Clean the rings and the ring grooves, and install each ring in its
groove.
2. Measure the clearance between the ring and the groove with a
feeler gauge or depth gauge.
3. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston
ring.
4. If the clearance still exceeds the allowable limit with new ring,
replace the piston.
0.050 to 0.090 mm
Top ring
0.0020 to 0.0035 in.
0.090 to 0.12 mm
Factory spec. Second ring
0.0036 to 0.0047 in.
0.020 to 0.060 mm
Oil ring
0.00079 to 0.0023 in.
0.15 mm
Top ring
0.0059 in.
0.20 mm
Allowable limit Second ring
0.0079 in.
0.15 mm
Oil ring
0.0059 in.

W1066183

S-95 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(4) Crankshaft
Crankshaft Side Clearance
1. Set a dial indicator with its tip on the end of the crankshaft (1).
2. Measure the side clearance by moving the crankshaft (1) to the
front and rear.
3. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
thrust bearings.
4. If the same size bearing is out of specifications because of the
crankshaft journal wear, replace it with an oversize one referring
to the table and figure.
0.15 to 0.35 mm
Factory spec.
Side clearance of 0.0059 to 0.013 in.
crankshaft 0.50 mm
Allowable limit
0.020 in.
(Reference)
• Oversize dimensions of crankshaft journal.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Oversize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
37.50 to 37.70 mm 37.60 to 37.80 mm
Dimension A
1.477 to 1.484 in. 1.481 to 1.488 in.
26.20 to 26.25 mm 26.40 to 26.45 mm
Dimension B
1.032 to 1.035 in. 1.040 to 1.041 in.
2.8 to 3.2 mm radius 2.8 to 3.2 mm radius
Dimension C
0.11 to 0.12 in. radius 0.11 to 0.12 in. radius
(0.8S)
The crankshaft journal must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Oversize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
41.10 to 42.10 mm 41.20 to 42.20 mm
Dimension A
1.619 to 1.657 in. 1.622 to 1.661 in.
28.20 to 28.25 mm 28.40 to 28.45 mm
Dimension B
1.111 to 1.112 in. 1.119 to 1.120 in.
2.8 to 3.2 mm radius 2.8 to 3.2 mm radius
Dimension C
0.11 to 0.12 in. radius 0.11 to 0.12 in. radius
(0.8S)
The crankshaft journal must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.

(1) Crankshaft (A) Side Clearance of Crankshaft


W1066738
Crankshaft Alignment
1. Support the crankshaft with V block on the surface plate and set
a dial indicator with its tip on the intermediate journal at right
angle.
2. Rotate the crankshaft on the V block and get the misalignment
(half of the measurement value).
3. If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
crankshaft.
0.02 mm
Crankshaft alignment Allowable limit
0.0008 in.
W1067285

S-96 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Clearance between Crankpin and Crankpin Bearing (for


V2607-DI-T-E3B)
1. Clean the crankpin and crankpin bearing (4).
2. Put a strip of plastigage on the center of the crankpin.
3. Install the connecting rod cap (1) and tighten the connecting rod
screws (2) to the specified torque, and remove the cap again.
4. Measure the amount of the flattening with the scale, and get the
oil clearance.
5. If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
crankpin bearing (4).
6. If the same size bearing is useless because of the crankpin wear,
replace it with an undersize one referring to the table and figure.
Q NOTE
• Never insert the plastigage into the crankpin oil hole.
• Be sure not to move the crankshaft while the connecting rod
screws (2) are tightened.
46.980 to 46.991 mm
Crankpin O.D. Factory spec.
1.8496 to 1.8500 in.

0.011 to 0.058 mm
Oil clearance between Factory spec.
0.00044 to 0.0022 in.
crankpin and crankpin
bearing 0.20 mm
Allowable limit
0.0079 in.

Q IMPORTANT
• STD size crankpin bearing (4).
To replace it with a specific STD service part, make sure the
combination of the crankpin bearing ID color (3) and the
connecting rod mark.
Connecting rod Crankpin bearing
Part
Mark Large-end in. dia. ID color Center wall thick
code
Figure 50.010 to 50.020 mm Blue 1J700- 1.496 to 1.501 mm
(A) 1.9689 to 1.9692 in. (L class) 22310 0.05890 to 0.05909 in.
Without
Figure 50.000 to 50.010 mm 1J700- 1.491 to 1.496 mm
color
(B) 1.9685 to 1.9688 in. 22330 0.05870 to 0.05889 in.
(S class)
(Reference)
• Undersize dimensions of crankpin
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Undersize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
3.3 to 3.7 mm radius 3.3 to 3.7 mm radius
Dimension A
0.13 to 0.14 in. radius 0.13 to 0.14 in. radius
1.0 to 1.5 mm relief 1.0 to 1.5 mm relief
*Dimension B
0.040 to 0.059 in. relief 0.040 to 0.059 in. relief
46.780 to 46.791 mm dia. 46.580 to 46.591 mm dia.
Dimension C
1.8418 to 1.8421 in. dia. 1.8339 to 1.8342 in. dia.
(0.8S)
The crankpin must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.
*Holes to be de-burred and edges rounded with 1.0 to 1.5 mm
(0.040 to 0.059 in.) relief.

(1) Connecting Rod Cap (A) Connecting Rod Mark : 2 Stamps


(2) Connecting Rod Screw (B) Connecting Rod Mark : 1 Stamp
(3) ID Color
(4) Crankpin Bearing
(5) Center Wall Thick
W1259635

S-97 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Clearance between Crankpin and Crankpin Bearing (for


V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B)
1. Clean the crankpin and crankpin bearing (4).
2. Put a strip of plastigage on the center of the crankpin.
3. Install the connecting rod cap (1) and tighten the connecting rod
screws (2) to the specified torque, and remove the cap again.
4. Measure the amount of the flattening with the scale, and get the
oil clearance.
5. If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
crankpin bearing (4).
6. If the same size bearing is useless because of the crankpin wear,
replace it with an undersize one referring to the table and figure.
Q NOTE
• Never insert the plastigage into the crankpin oil hole.
• Be sure not to move the crankshaft while the connecting rod
screws (2) are tightened.
49.980 to 49.991 mm
Crankpin O.D. Factory spec.
1.9678 to 1.9681 in.

0.017 to 0.048 mm
Oil clearance between Factory spec.
0.00067 to 0.0018 in.
crankpin and crankpin
bearing 0.20 mm
Allowable limit
0.0079 in.

Q IMPORTANT
• STD size crankpin bearing (4).
To replace it with a specific STD service part, make sure the
crankpin bearing (4) has the same ID color (3) as the
connecting rod.
Connecting rod Crankpin bearing
ID Color
Large-end in. dia. Class Part code Center wall thick
53.010 to 53.020 mm 1G772- 1.496 to 1.501 mm
Blue L
2.0870 to 2.0874 in. 22310 0.05890 to 0.05909 in.
Without 53.000 to 53.010 mm 1G772- 1.491 to 1.496 mm
S
color 2.0867 to 2.0870 in. 22330 0.05870 to 0.05889 in.
(Reference)
• Undersize dimensions of crankpin
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Undersize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
3.3 to 3.7 mm radius 3.3 to 3.7 mm radius
Dimension A
0.13 to 0.14 in. radius 0.13 to 0.14 in. radius
1.0 to 1.5 mm relief 1.0 to 1.5 mm relief
*Dimension B
0.040 to 0.059 in. relief 0.040 to 0.059 in. relief
49.780 to 49.791 mm dia. 49.580 to 49.591 mm dia.
Dimension C
1.9599 to 1.9602 in. dia. 1.9520 to 1.9524 in. dia.
(0.8S)
The crankpin must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.
*Holes to be de-burred and edges rounded with 1.0 to 1.5 mm
(0.040 to 0.059 in.) relief.

(1) Connecting Rod Cap (4) Crankpin Bearing


(2) Connecting Rod Screw (5) Center Wall Thick
(3) ID Color
W1067389

S-98 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Oil Clearance between Crankshaft Journal and Crankshaft


Bearing
1. Clean the crankshaft journal (2) and crankshaft bearing.
2. Put a strip of press gauge on the center of the journal.
Q IMPORTANT
• Never insert the press gauge into the oil hole of the journal.
3. Install the crankcase 2 (1) and tighten the crankcase 2 mounting
screws to the specified torque, and remove the crankcase 2 (1)
again.
4. Measure the amount of the flattening with the scale and get the
oil clearance.
5. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
crankshaft bearing.
Factory 72.977 to 72.990 mm
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Crankshaft spec. 2.8732 to 2.8736 in.
journal O.D. V3007-DI-T-E3B Factory 79.977 to 79.990 mm
V3307-DI-T-E3B spec. 3.1487 to 3.1492 in.

Factory 0.030 to 0.051 mm


spec. 0.0012 to 0.0020 in.
Oil clearance V2607-DI-T-E3B
between Allowable 0.20 mm
crankshaft limit 0.0079 in.
journal and Factory 0.030 to 0.073 mm
crankshaft spec. 0.0012 to 0.0028 in.
V3007-DI-T-E3B
bearing
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 0.20 mm
limit 0.0079 in.
(Reference)
• Undersize dimensions of crankshaft journal.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Undersize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
2.8 to 3.2 mm radius 2.8 to 3.2 mm radius
Dimension A
0.11 to 0.12 in. radius 0.11 to 0.12 in. radius
1.0 to 1.5 mm relief 1.0 to 1.5 mm relief
*Dimension B
0.040 to 0.059 in. relief 0.040 to 0.059 in. relief
72.777 to 72.790 mm dia. 72.577 to 72.590 mm dia.
Dimension C
2.8653 to 2.8657 in. dia. 2.8574 to 2.8578 in. dia.
(0.8S)
The crankshaft journal must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.
*Holes to be de-burred and edges rounded with 1.0 to 1.5 mm
(0.040 to 0.059 in.) relief.

[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
0.20 mm 0.40 mm
Undersize
0.0079 in. 0.016 in.
2.8 to 3.2 mm radius 2.8 to 3.2 mm radius
Dimension A
0.11 to 0.12 in. radius 0.11 to 0.12 in. radius
1.0 to 1.5 mm relief 1.0 to 1.5 mm relief
*Dimension B
0.040 to 0.059 in. relief 0.040 to 0.059 in. relief
79.777 to 79.790 mm dia. 79.577 to 79.590 mm dia.
Dimension C
3.1409 to 3.1413 in. dia. 3.1330 to 3.1334 in. dia.
(0.8S)
The crankshaft journal must be fine-finished to higher than ∇∇∇∇.
*Holes to be de-burred and edges rounded with 1.0 to 1.5 mm
(0.040 to 0.059 in.) relief.

(1) Crankcase 2 (3) Crankcase 1


(2) Crankshaft Journal
W1261077

S-99 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Crankshaft Sleeve


1. Remove the used crankshaft sleeve (2).
2. Set the sleeve guide (3) to the crankshaft gear (1).
3. Heat a new crankshaft sleeve (2) to a temperature between 150
and 200 °C (302 and 392 °F), and fix the sleeve to the crankshaft
as shown in figure.
4. Press fit the sleeve using the crankshaft sleeve replacing tool (4).
(Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
Q NOTE
• Mount the sleeve with its largely chamfered surface facing
outward.
• Keep the space ((a) or (c)) between the edge of the
crankshaft gear (1) and the crankshaft sleeve (2).
• Be sure to place the seal (5) when reassembling.
(1) Crankshaft Gear (a) 0.850 to 1.15 mm
(2) Crankshaft Sleeve (0.0335 to 0.0452 in.)
(3) Sleeve Guide (b) 5.5 mm (0.22 in.)
(4) Crankshaft Sleeve Replacing Tool (c) More than 6.5 mm (0.26 in.)
(5) Seal
A : V2607-DI-T-E3B
B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1262151

S-100 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Replacing Flywheel Housing Oil Seal


1. Remove the used oil seal (2).
2. Clean the new flywheel housing oil seal (2) and apply engine oil
to it.
3. Install the new oil seal (2) to the specific position using the
flywheel housing oil seal replacing tool (1). (Refer to “5.
SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
(1) Flywheel Housing Oil Seal Replacing (a) 0 to 0.50 mm (0 to 0.019 in.)
Tool (b) 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
(2) Oil Seal
(3) Flywheel Housing A : V2607-DI-T-E3B
B : V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B
W1044329

Replacing Front Cover Oil Seal


1. Remove the used front cover oil seal (2).
2. Clean a new front cover oil seal (2) and apply engine oil to it.
3. Install the new oil seal (2) using the front cover oil seal replacing
tool (1). (Refer to “5. SPECIAL TOOLS” at “GENERAL” section.)
(1) Front Cover Oil Seal Replacing Tool A : 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
(2) Oil Seal
(3) Front Cover
W1044902

S-101 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(5) Cylinder
Cylinder Wear
1. Measure the I.D. of the cylinder at the six positions (see figure)
with a cylinder gauge to find the maximum and minimum I.D.’s.
2. Get the difference (Maximum wear) between the maximum and
the minimum I.D.’s.
3. If the wear exceeds the allowable limit, bore and hone to the
oversize dimension. (Refer to “Correcting Cylinder”.)
4. Visually check the cylinder wall for scratches. If deep scratches
are found, the cylinder should be bored. (Refer to “Correcting
Cylinder”.)
Factory 87.000 to 87.022 mm
spec. 3.4252 to 3.4260 in.
V2607-DI-T-E3B
Allowable 87.15 mm
limit 3.431 in.
Cylinder Bore I.D.
Factory 94.000 to 94.022 mm
V3007-DI-T-E3B spec. 3.7008 to 3.7016 in.
V3307-DI-T-E3B Allowable 94.15 mm
limit 3.707 in.

(A) Top (a) Right-angled to piston pin


(B) Middle (b) Piston pin direction
(C) Bottom (Skirt)
W1070089
Correcting Cylinder (Oversize)
1. When the cylinder is worn beyond the allowable limit, bore and
hone it to the specified dimension.
[V2607-DI-T-E3B]
87.250 to 87.272 mm
Cylinder I.D. (Oversize) Factory spec.
3.4350 to 3.4359 in.
87.40 mm
Maximum wear Allowable limit
3.441 in.
Hone to 2.2 to 3.0 μm Rz
Finishing
(0.000087 to 0.00011 in. Rz) ∇∇∇.
2. Replace the piston and piston rings with oversize 0.25 mm
(0.0098 in.) ones.
[V3007-DI-T-E3B / V3307-DI-T-E3B]
94.500 to 94.522 mm
Cylinder I.D. (Oversize) Factory spec.
3.7205 to 3.7213 in.
94.65 mm
Maximum wear Allowable limit
3.726 in.
Hone to 2.2 to 3.0 μm Rz
Finishing
(0.000087 to 0.00011 in. Rz) ∇∇∇.
2. Replace the piston and piston rings with oversize 0.5 mm (0.02
in.) ones.
Q NOTE
• When the oversize cylinder is worn beyond the allowable
limit, replace the cylinder block with a new one.
(1) Cylinder I.D. (Before Correction) (2) Cylinder I.D. (Oversize)
W10344480

S-102 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(6) Oil Pump


Rotor Lobe Clearance
1. Measure the clearance between lobes of the inner rotor and the
outer rotor with a feeler gauge.
2. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the oil pump
rotor assembly.
0.030 to 0.090 mm
Clearance between Factory spec.
0.0012 to 0.0035 in.
inner rotor and outer
rotor 0.30 mm
Allowable limit
0.012 in.
W1071254

Clearance between Outer Rotor and Pump Body


1. Measure the clearance between the outer rotor and the pump
body with a feeler gauge.
2. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the oil pump
rotor assembly.
0.100 to 0.184 mm
Clearance between Factory spec.
0.00394 to 0.00724 in.
outer rotor and pump
body 0.30 mm
Allowable limit
0.012 in.
W1071334

Clearance between Rotor and Cover


1. Put a strip of plastigage onto the rotor face with grease.
2. Install the cover and tighten the screws with the specified torque.
3. Remove the cover carefully, and measure the amount of the
flattening with the scale and get the clearance.
4. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace oil pump
rotor assembly and the cover.
0.025 to 0.075 mm
Factory spec.
Clearance between rotor 0.00099 to 0.0029 in.
and cover 0.225 mm
Allowable limit
0.00886 in.

7.9 to 9.3 N·m


Tightening torque Oil pump cover screw 0.80 to 0.95 kgf·m
5.8 to 6.8 lbf·ft
W1148218

(7) Relief Valve


Free Length of Relief Valve Spring
1. Measure the free length (A) with vernier calipers. If the
measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace it.
2. Check the entire surface of the spring for scratches. Replace it,
if any.
60.0 to 60.5 mm
Factory spec.
2.37 to 2.38 in.
Free length (A)
55.0 mm
Allowable limit
2.17 in.

69 to 78 N·m
Relief valve retaining
Tightening torque 7.0 to 8.0 kgf·m
screw
51 to 57 lbf·ft

(1) Front Cover (4) Packing


(2) Relief Valve (5) Relief Valve Retaining Screw
(3) Spring A : Free Length
W1265606

S-103 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(8) Starter
Overrunning Clutch
1. Inspect the pinion for wear or damage.
2. If there is any defect, replace the overrunning clutch assembly.
3. Check that the pinion turns freely and smoothly in the
overrunning direction and does not slip in the cranking direction.
4. If the pinion slips or does not rotate in the both directions, replace
the overrunning clutch assembly.
W1075769

Commutator and Mica


1. Check the contact face of the commutator for wear, and grind the
commutator with emery paper if it is slightly worn.
2. Measure the commutator O.D. with an outside micrometer at
several points.
3. If the minimum O.D. is less than the allowable limit, replace the
armature.
4. If the difference of the O.D.’s exceeds the allowable limit, correct
the commutator on a lathe to the factory specification.
5. Measure the mica undercut.
6. If the undercut is less than the allowable limit, correct if with a saw
blade and chamfer the segment edges.
32.0 mm
Factory spec.
1.26 in.
Commutator O.D.
31.4 mm
Allowable limit
1.24 in.

0.50 mm
Factory spec.
0.020 in.
Mica under cut
0.20 mm
Allowable limit
0.0079 in.

(1) Segment (a) Good


(2) Depth of Mica (b) Bad
(3) Mica
W1075277

Brush Wear
1. If the contact face of the brush is dirty or dusty, clean it with emery
paper.
2. Measure the brush length (A) with vernier calipers.
3. If the length is less than the allowable limit, replace the yoke
assembly and brush holder.
18.0 mm
Factory spec.
0.709 in.
Brush length (A)
11.0 mm
Allowable limit
0.433 in.

(A) Brush Length


W1075476

S-104 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

Brush Holder
1. Check the continuity across the brush holder and the holder
support with an ohmmeter.
2. If it conducts, replace the brush holder.
Brush holder –
Resistance Infinity
Holder support
W1076066

Armature Coil
1. Check the continuity across the commutator and armature coil
core with an ohmmeter.
2. If it conducts, replace the armature.
3. Check the continuity across the segments of the commutator with
an ohmmeter.
4. If it does not conduct, replace the armature.
Commutator –
Infinity
Resistance Armature coil core
Commutator segment 0Ω
W1075693

Field Coil
1. Check the continuity across the lead (1) and brush (2) with an
ohmmeter.
2. If it does not conduct, replace the yoke assembly.
3. Check the continuity across the brush (2) and yoke (3) with an
ohmmeter.
4. If it conducts, replace the yoke assembly.
Lead (1) – Brush (2) 0Ω
Resistance
Brush (2) – Yoke (3) Infinity

(1) Lead (3) Yoke


(2) Brush
W1076156

S-105 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


SERIE 07-E3B, WSM ENGINE

(9) Alternator
Bearing
1. Check the bearing for smooth rotation.
2. If it does not rotate smoothly, replace it.
W1076281

Stator
1. Measure the resistance across each lead of the stator coil with
resistance range of circuit tester.
2. If the measurement is not within factory specification, replace it.
3. Check the continuity across each stator coil lead and core with
resistance range of circuit tester.
4. If infinity is not indicated, replace it.
Resistance Factory spec. Less than 1.0 Ω
W1019964

Rotor
1. Measure the resistance across the slip rings with an ohmmeter.
2. If the resistance is not the factory specification, replace it.
3. Check the continuity across the slip and core with an ohmmeter.
4. If infinity is not indicated, replace it.
Resistance Factory spec. 2.8 to 3.3 Ω
W1076422

Slip Ring
1. Check the slip ring for score.
2. If scored, correct with an sand paper or on a lathe.
3. Measure the O.D. of slip ring with vernier calipers.
4. If the measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace it.
22.7 mm
Factory spec.
0.894 in.
Slip ring O.D.
22.1 mm
Allowable limit
0.870 in.
W1076592

Brush Wear
1. Measure the brush length (A) with vernier calipers.
2. If the measurement is less than allowable limit, replace it.
3. Make sure that the brush moves smoothly.
4. If the brush is defective, replace it.
18.5 mm
Factory spec.
0.728 in.
Brush length (A)
5.0 mm
Allowable limit
0.20 in.

(A) Brush Length


W1076714

S-106 KiSC issued 09, 2008 A


EDITOR:
KUBOTA FARM & INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY SERVICE, LTD.
64, ISHIZU-KITAMACHI, SAKAI-KU, SAKAI-CITY, OSAKA, 590-0823, JAPAN
PHONE : (81)72-241-1129
FAX : (81)72-245-2484
E-mail : [email protected]

Printed in Japan 2008. 09, S, EI, EI, e Code No.9Y111-01032


KUBOTA Corporation 2007. 11, S, EI, EI, e

You might also like